Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction Activities Associated With the Raritan Bay Pipeline, 45955-45983 [2019-18931]
Download as PDF
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
45955
Department contact
Antidumping Duty Proceedings
Monosodium Glutamate from China (A–570–992) (1st Review) .......................................................................
Monosodium Glutamate from Indonesia (A–560–826) (1st Review) .................................................................
Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar from Mexico (A–201–844) (1st Review) .........................................................
Certain Frozen Fish Fillets from Vietnam (A–552–801) (3rd Review) ..............................................................
Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482–
5255.
Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482–
5255.
Joshua Poole, (202) 482–1293.
Matthew Renkey, (202) 482–2312.
Countervailing Duty Proceedings
Chlorinated Isocyanurates from China (C–570–991) (1st Review) ...................................................................
Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar from Turkey (C–489–819) (1st Review) .........................................................
Mathew Renkey, (202) 482–2312.
Joshua Poole, (202) 482–1293.
Suspended Investigations
No Sunset Review of suspended investigations is scheduled for initiation in October 2019.
Commerce’s procedures for the
conduct of Sunset Review are set forth
in 19 CFR 351.218. The Notice of
Initiation of Five-Year (Sunset) Review
provides further information regarding
what is required of all parties to
participate in Sunset Review.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.103(c),
Commerce will maintain and make
available a service list for these
proceedings. To facilitate the timely
preparation of the service list(s), it is
requested that those seeking recognition
as interested parties to a proceeding
contact Commerce in writing within 10
days of the publication of the Notice of
Initiation.
Please note that if Commerce receives
a Notice of Intent to Participate from a
member of the domestic industry within
15 days of the date of initiation, the
review will continue.
Thereafter, any interested party
wishing to participate in the Sunset
Review must provide substantive
comments in response to the notice of
initiation no later than 30 days after the
date of initiation.
This notice is not required by statute
but is published as a service to the
international trading community.
Dated: August 19, 2019.
James Maeder,
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping
and Countervailing Duty Operations.
[FR Doc. 2019–18935 Filed 8–30–19; 8:45 am]
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
BILLING CODE 3510–DS–P
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XF505
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Construction
Activities Associated With the Raritan
Bay Pipeline
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line
Company, LLC (Transco), a subsidiary
of Williams Partners L.P., to take marine
mammals incidental to construction
activities associated with the Raritan
Bay Pipeline. Pursuant to the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS
is requesting comments on its proposal
to issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified
activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-year
renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end
of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any
final decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorizations and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than October 3,
2019.
SUMMARY:
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service. Physical
comments should be sent to 1315 EastWest Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910
and electronic comments should be sent
to ITP.Carduner@noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments received
electronically, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. Attachments to
electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
file formats only. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act without
change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
ADDRESSES:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45956
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth.
The definitions of all applicable
MMPA statutory terms cited above are
included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must evaluate our
proposed action (i.e., the promulgation
of regulations and subsequent issuance
of incidental take authorization) and
alternatives with respect to potential
impacts on the human environment.
This action is consistent with
categories of activities identified in
Categorical Exclusion B4 of the
Companion Manual for NAO 216–6A,
which do not individually or
cumulatively have the potential for
significant impacts on the quality of the
human environment and for which we
have not identified any extraordinary
circumstances that would preclude this
categorical exclusion. Accordingly,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the proposed action qualifies to be
categorically excluded from further
NEPA review.
Information in Transco’s application
and this notice collectively provide the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
environmental information related to
proposed issuance of these regulations
and subsequent incidental take
authorization for public review and
comment. We will review all comments
submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process
or making a final decision on the
request for incidental take
authorization.
Summary of Request
On February 7, 2019, NMFS received
a request from Transco for an IHA to
take marine mammals incidental to
construction activities associated with
the Raritan Bay Loop pipeline offshore
of New York and New Jersey. Transco
submitted a revised version of the
application on May 23, 2019, and this
application was deemed adequate and
complete. Transco’s request is for take
of 10 species of marine mammals by
harassment. Neither Transco nor NMFS
expects serious injury or mortality to
result from this activity and, therefore,
an IHA is appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Transco, a subsidiary of Williams
Partners L.P., is proposing to expand its
existing interstate natural gas pipeline
system in Pennsylvania and New Jersey
and its existing offshore natural gas
pipeline system in New Jersey and New
York waters. The Northeast Supply
Enhancement Project would consist of
several components, including offshore
pipeline facilities in New Jersey and
New York. The proposed offshore
pipeline facilities would include the
Raritan Bay Loop pipeline, which
would be located primarily in Raritan
Bay, as well as parts of the Lower New
York Bay and the Atlantic Ocean.
Construction of the Raritan Bay Loop
pipeline would require pile installation
and removal, using both impact and
vibratory pile driving, which may result
in the incidental take of marine
mammals. Transco would install and
remove a total of 163 piles, which
would range in size from 10 to 60 inches
in diameter, using a vibratory device
and/or diesel impact hammer. These
piles would be temporary; they would
remain in the water only for the
duration of each related offshore
construction activity. Once offshore
construction of the project is complete,
all piles installed by Transco would be
removed.
Dates and Duration
In-water construction is anticipated to
occur between the 2nd quarter of 2020
and the 4th quarter of 2020. Pile
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
installation and removal activities are
planned to occur from June through
August 2020. However the timeframe for
pile removal may occur in fall 2020. Pile
installation and removal activities are
expected to take a total of 65.5 days.
Specific Geographic Region
Transco’s proposed activity would
occur in the waters of Raritan Bay, the
Lower New York Bay, and the Atlantic
Ocean (see Figure 1 in the IHA
application). The Project area is located
in the greater New York Bight region.
The New York Bight is a triangularshaped area of the continental shelf
generally bounded by Montauk Point on
eastern Long Island, Cape May in
southern New Jersey, and the open
shallows of the Atlantic Ocean. The
depth of water in the area averages
about 27 meters (m) (90 feet (ft)), except
in the northwest-southeast–trending
Hudson Canyon, which has depths in
excess of 73 m (240 ft) (Ketchem et al.
1951). The New York Bight refers to the
bend, or curve, in the shoreline of the
open coast and great expanse of shallow
ocean between Long Island and the New
Jersey coast. Water depths exceed 30 m
(100 ft) approximately 80 kilometers
(km) (50 statute miles) offshore.
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Transco is proposing to expand its
existing interstate natural gas pipeline
system in Pennsylvania and New Jersey
and its existing offshore natural gas
pipeline system in New Jersey and New
York waters with the goal of providing
an additional 400,000 dekatherms per
day capacity to its customers. To
provide this additional capacity,
Transco proposes to expand portions of
its system from an existing Compressor
Station in York County, Pennsylvania,
to the Rockaway Transfer Point in New
York State waters, which represents the
interconnection point between
Transco’s existing Lower New York Bay
Lateral and the existing offshore
Rockaway Delivery Lateral (RDL). The
proposed project would consist of
several components, including onshore
pipeline facilities in Pennsylvania and
New Jersey and offshore pipeline
facilities in New Jersey and New York.
Only the offshore pipeline components
of the project have the potential to result
in the take of marine mammals, thus the
onshore components of the project are
not analyzed further in this document.
Transco’s proposed offshore pipeline
facilities include the Raritan Bay Loop
pipeline, which would be located
primarily in Raritan Bay as well as parts
of the Lower New York Bay and the
Atlantic Ocean. The Raritan Bay Loop
would begin at the onshore connection
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
with the Madison Loop in Middlesex,
New Jersey (see Figure 1 in the IHA
application). The offshore portion of the
Raritan Bay Loop would extend from
the Sayreville shoreline approximately
37.6 km (23.3 mi) across Raritan Bay
and Lower New York Bay to the
Rockaway Transfer Point, which is the
interconnection point with the RDL in
New York State waters in the Atlantic
Ocean, approximately 4.8 km (3 mi)
seaward of Rockaway, New York.
Approximately 9.6 km (6.0 mi) of the
offshore portion of the Raritan Bay Loop
route would cross New Jersey waters,
while the remaining 28 km (17.4 mi)
would cross New York waters. The
Raritan Bay Loop would cross a
continuous expanse of open marine and
estuarine waters in New Jersey and New
York, which consists of three major
contiguous waterbodies, including
Raritan Bay, Lower New York Bay, and
the Atlantic Ocean (See Figures 1 and 2
in the IHA application). This area is part
of the coastal region known as the New
York Bight.
Construction of the Raritan Bay Loop
pipeline would require the installation
of 163 piles, ranging in size from 10 to
60 inches in diameter, using a vibratory
device and/or diesel impact hammer.
Impact pile drivers are piston-type
drivers that use various means to lift a
piston to a desired height and drop the
piston against the head of the pile in
order to drive it into the substrate
(Caltrans, 2015). Diesel impact hammers
would be used to install approximately
34 steel piles (Table 1). A vibratory
device uses spinning counterweights,
causing the pile to vibrate at a high
speed. The vibrating pile causes the soil
underneath it to ‘‘liquefy’’ and allow the
pile to move easily into or out of the
sediment. Vibratory devices generally
have source levels 10 to 20 decibels (dB)
lower than impact devices, so their use
is considered a means to reduce overall
underwater sound when pile driving is
necessary for a project and suitable
sediment conditions exist (Caltrans,
2015). Vibratory devices would be used
to install and remove approximately 163
steel pipe piles (Table 1). Note that
some piles would require both impact
and vibratory installation.
The total time to install a pile is
dependent on the installation method
(vibratory or impact), diameter of the
pile, substrate composition, and depth
the pile needs to penetrate through the
substrate. For pile installation of 0.9- to
1.5-m (34- to 60-in) piles using a diesel
impact hammer, the estimated time is
38 to 62 minutes per pile. For pile
installation of 0.3- to 1.5-m (10- to 60in) piles using a vibratory hammer, the
estimated time is 15 minutes per pile.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
For pile removal of 0.3- to 1.5-m (10- to
60-in) piles using a vibratory hammer,
the estimated time is 5 to 30 minutes
per pile. The minimum handling time
(i.e., periods during which the pile is
being positioned, steadied, etc., and no
in-water construction noise is
anticipated) is dependent on activity
type and pile size. For vibratory
hammer periods for 0.3- to 1.2-m (10- to
48-in) piles, the handling time ranges
from 15 to 45 minutes. For vibratory
hammer periods for 1.5-m (60-in) piles,
the minimum handling time is 1 hour
and 45 minutes. For impact hammer
periods, the minimum handling time is
30 minutes. The total duration of pile
installation (including both vibratory
and impact pile driving) is estimated at
42.5 days. The piles would remain in
the offshore environment only for the
duration of each related offshore
construction activity. Once offshore
construction is complete, all piles
would be removed using a vibratory
hammer, which is expected to occur
over an estimated 23 days. Thus the
total duration of pile installation and
removal is 65.5 days (i.e., 42.5 days for
pile installation and 23 days for pile
removal). Installation and removal of all
piles is expected to be completed during
summer 2020 (June–August); however,
pile removal could shift to fall 2020
(September, October, and/or November),
after finalization of the construction
schedule.
All piles would be installed along a
string of locations within Raritan Bay
(see Figure 2 in the IHA application).
Transco would complete construction of
the various components of the offshore
pipeline in several stages with
overlapping schedules. An overview of
these stages and their general sequence
are described below.
• Temporary fixed platform: During
assembly of the fixed platform, vibratory
and impact hammers would be used to
install the steel piles; vibratory
hammers would be used to remove the
piles once the work is completed.
• Pre-trenching, cable crossings, and
initial pipelay: Trenching for the
offshore (subsea) pipeline would take
place using a clamshell dredging device.
One clamshell dredge with an
environmental bucket and its
supporting scows would be mobilized to
first excavate a pit and trench at the
offshore horizontal directional drill exit
point for the Morgan Shore Approach
horizontal directional drill (HDD).
Transco would also mobilize a barge
equipped with diving, jetting, and
material-handling equipment to remove
sediment that covers the first Neptune
Cable crossing. Transco would then
place concrete mattresses on either side
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45957
of the cable in the excavated areas to
create a bridge above the cable. Due to
shallow water depths near the Morgan
shoreline, a combination of the pipelay
barge and the temporary fixed platform
would install pipeline in this section of
trench. Following completion of a
successful hydrostatic test of the
pipeline, a clamshell dredge would
backfill the trench. A second clamshell
dredge with an environmental bucket
would begin trenching the Raritan Bay
Channel and the Chapel Hill Channel
crossing.
• HDD Crossings: For the Morgan
Shore Approach HDD, Transco would
mobilize a marine-support barge. The
clamshell dredge (with environmental
bucket) would excavate the exit point
and then a vibratory device would be
used to install the temporary fixed
platform and the piles, known as ‘‘goal
posts,’’ to guide the pipe at the exit
point. Transco would assemble the HDD
pipe string on the pipelay barge, a
winch wire from the fixed platform
would be attached to the HDD pipe
string that would pull the pipe string
into place with the aid of a tug on the
tail end section, lay the pipe string on
the seafloor, and then complete a
hydrostatic test of the pipeline segment.
For the Ambrose Channel crossing,
Transco would mobilize a clamshell
dredge with an environmental bucket
and two liftboats with drilling
equipment to the Lower New York Bay.
The clamshell dredge would excavate
pits at the east point and west point, and
then a vibratory device would be used
to install piles (goal posts) on opposite
sides of the Ambrose Channel.
Following the goal post installation,
dolphin/fender piles (installed using a
vibratory device and/or impact
hammer), and a casing would be
installed at both HDD pits. The HDD
string would then be laid and pulled
through.
• Additional Pipelay and Backfill:
Following assembly and installation of
the Ambrose Channel HDD described
above, an anchored pipelay barge would
begin laying pipe on the seafloor from
the east Ambrose HDD pit to the
Rockaway Neptune cable crossing. The
anchored pipelay barge would then
relocate to west of the Ambrose Channel
entry HDD point and lay the pipeline
from the west Ambrose HDD pit to the
mid-line tie-in point at milepost (MP)
16.6. After Transco has laid the
pipeline, Transco would use a jet
trencher to lower the pipeline and a
clamshell dredge would backfill the
trench near the Ambrose Channel,
Ambrose HDD pits, and navigation
channels. Transco would bury the pipe
to a minimum depth of 1.22 m (4 ft) (or
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45958
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
equivalent) and in accordance with any
permit conditions as directed by the
USACE.
• Subsea Manifold Tie-in, Hydrostatic
Testing, and Commissioning: Hand jets
would be used to expose the existing
subsea manifold at the RDL, and a new
tie-in valve spool would be installed. A
tie-in skid and tie-in spools would be
installed at the end of the Raritan Bay
Loop. Transco would seal the Raritan
Bay Loop pipeline between the onshore
entry point and the tie-in skid and precommissioning would then occur,
which would include hydrostatic
pressure testing of the new pipeline.
After completion of the hydrostatic test,
a final spool piece would be installed to
connect the Raritan Bay Loop to the
subsea manifold. The tie-in spools
between the tie-in skid and tie-in valve
spool would be dewatered, the manifold
tie-in location would be backfilled, and
Transco would introduce natural gas
into the completed Raritan Bay Loop.
The various components of the
proposed construction of the Raritan
Bay Loop pipeline, including pile type,
size and quantity, installation method
(i.e., impact or vibratory), and pile
driving or removal duration, are shown
in Table 1 and are described in greater
detail in the IHA application.
TABLE 1—PILE DRIVING SUMMARY FOR RARITAN BAY LOOP, INCLUDING PILE TYPES AND DRIVING DURATIONS
Installation
Milepost
Pile type
Purpose
12.59 .............
Morgan Shore Approach HDD.
Platform Piles (for
temporary fixed
platform).
12.59 .............
Morgan Shore Approach HDD.
Platform Reaction
Piles.
12.59 .............
Morgan Shore Approach HDD.
Support Barge
Fender Piles.
12.59 .............
Morgan Shore Approach HDD.
Water Barge Fender
Piles.
12.59 .............
13.84 .............
Morgan Shore Approach HDD.
Neptune Power
Cable Crossing
(MP13.84).
HDD String Goal
Posts.
Sleeper Vertical Pile
14.5 to 16.5 ...
MP14.5 to MP16.5 ..
Morgan Shore Pull
Vertical Guide
Piles.
28.0 to 29.36
MP28.0 to MP29.36
Pipelay Barge Mooring Pile.
29.4 ...............
Ambrose Channel
HDD West Side.
W750 Side Piles .....
29.4 ...............
Ambrose Channel
HDD West Side.
Reaction Frame
Piles.
29.4 ...............
Ambrose Channel
HDD West Side.
Support Barge
Fender Piles.
29.4 ...............
Ambrose Channel
HDD West Side.
Water Barge Fender
Piles.
29.4 ...............
Ambrose Channel
HDD West Side.
Ambrose Channel
HDD East Side.
HDD String Goal
Posts.
Ambrose East
Vertical Stabilization Piles.
W751 Side Piles .....
30.48 .............
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Site
30.48 .............
Ambrose Channel
HDD East Side.
30.48 .............
Ambrose Channel
HDD East Side.
Support Barge
Fender Piles.
30.48 .............
Ambrose Channel
HDD East Side.
Ambrose Channel
HDD East Side.
HDD Drill String
Goal Posts.
Pipelay Barge Mooring Pile.
MP34.5 to MP35.04
Pipelay Barge Mooring Pile.
30.48 .............
34.5 to 35.04
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
Temporary fixed
platform for Morgan Shore Approach HDD.
Provide additional
lateral capacity for
pipeline pulling
winch.
Tie up and breast
support barge
alongside HDD
operations.
Tie up and breast
water barge
alongside HDD
operations.
Support HDD string
Provide mechanical
protection to ensure separation
between Neptune
Power cable and
pipeline.
Ensure pipeline
stays within pipeline corridor during
surface tow between MP14.5 to
MP16.5.
Assist pipelay barge
with mooring in vicinity of Ambrose
Shipping Channel.
Landing of small
barges/vessels
alongside prior to
fender piles being
installed.
Provide additional
lateral capacity for
HDD pipeline pull.
Tie up and breast
support barge
alongside HDD
operations.
Tie up and breast
water barge
alongside HDD
operations.
Support HDD string
Ensure HDD string
is secured while
awaiting pullback.
Landing of small
barges/vessels
alongside prior to
fender piles being
installed.
Tie up and breast
support barge
alongside HDD
operations.
Support HDD string
Assist pipelay barge
with mooring at
Ambrose East.
Assist pipelay barge
with mooring.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Diameter
(in.)
Quantity
Installation
method
Driving
time per
pile c
Removal
Duration
(days) d
Removal
time
(min./pile)
Duration
(days) d
36
18
Vibratory & Diesel
Impact Hammer.
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
I–52–62 Min/Pile e ...
4.5
30
36
4
Vibratory & Diesel
Impact Hammer.
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
I–52–62 Min/Pile e ...
2
30
36–48
4
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
2
15
36–48
4
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
24
10
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
3
5
3
10
8
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
2
15
1.5
24
22
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
5
15
1.5
34
12
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
3
30
2
36
3
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
1.5
15
0.5
36–60
8
Vibratory & Diesel
Impact Hammer.
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
I–38 Min/Pile e f ........
4
30
0.5
36–48
4
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
1.5
15
1
36–48
4
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
24
12
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
1.5
5
2
24
22
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
5
15
0.5
36
3
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
0.5
15
0.5
36–48
4
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
1
15
1
24
10
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
1.5
5
2
60
1
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile f ........
0.5
15
1
34
4
Vibratory & Diesel
Impact Hammer.
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
I–52 Min/Pile e .........
3
15
2
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
3
15
15
45959
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 1—PILE DRIVING SUMMARY FOR RARITAN BAY LOOP, INCLUDING PILE TYPES AND DRIVING DURATIONS—
Continued
Installation
Milepost
35.04 .............
Site
Neptune Power
Cable Crossing
(MP35.04).
Pile type
Purpose
Crossing Pile ...........
Ensure temporary
stability of pipeline
at crossing location.
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Underwater sound produced during
impact pile driving and vibratory
driving and removal could result in
incidental take of marine mammals by
Level B harassment and, for some
species, Level A harassment.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
Proposed Mitigation and Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the IHA
application summarize available
information regarding status and trends,
distribution and habitat preferences,
and behavior and life history, of the
potentially affected species. Additional
information regarding population trends
and threats may be found in NMFS’
Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments) and more
general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS’
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/findspecies).
There are 42 marine mammal species
that have been documented within the
U.S. Atlantic Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ). However, 29 of these species are
not expected to occur within the project
area, based on a lack of sightings in the
area and their known habitat
preferences and distributions, which are
generally further offshore and at greater
depths than the project area. These are:
The blue whale (Balaenoptera
musculus), sei whale (Balaenoptera
borealis), Bryde’s whale (Balaenoptera
edeni), sperm whale (Physeter
macrocephalus), dwarf and pygmy
sperm whale (Kogia sima and Kogia
breviceps), beluga whale
(Delphinapterus leucas), northern
bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon
ampullatus), killer whale (Orcinus
orca), pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata), false killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens), melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala electra), Risso’s
dolphin (Grampus griseus), striped
dolphin (Stenella coeruleoalba),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
Diameter
(in.)
10
Quantity
2
Installation
method
Driving
time per
pile c
Vibratory Hammer ...
V–15 Min/Pile ..........
Atlantic spotted dolphin (Stenella
frontalis), white-beaked dolphin
(Lagenorhynchus albirostris),
pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella
attenuata), Fraser’s dolphin
(Lagenodelphis hosei), rough-toothed
dolphin (Steno bredanensis), Clymene
dolphin (Stenella clymene), spinner
dolphin (Stenella longirostris), hooded
seal (Cystophora cristata), ringed seal
(Pusa hipsida), Cuvier’s beaked whale
(Ziphius cavirostris), four species of
Mesoplodont beaked whale
(Mesoplodon spp.), and the West Indian
manatee (Trichechus manatus
latirostris) (which occurs further south
than the project area). These species are
not analyzed further in this document.
There are 13 marine mammal species
that could potentially occur in the
proposed project area and that are
included in Table 10 of the IHA
application. However, the temporal and/
or spatial occurrence of three of the
species listed in Table 10 of the IHA
application is such that take of these
species is not expected to occur, and
they are therefore not discussed further
beyond the explanation provided here.
Take of these species is not anticipated
either because they have very low
densities in the project area, or because
of their likely occurrence in habitat that
is outside the project area, based on the
best available information. The Atlantic
white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
acutus) occurs throughout temperate
and sub-polar waters of the North
Atlantic, most prominently in
continental shelf waters to depths of
approximately 100 m (330 ft) (Hayes et
al., 2018). Though recent survey data in
unavailable, Atlantic white-sided
dolphins were found primarily east and
north of Long Island and the project area
based on observations made during the
Cetaceans and Turtle Assessment
Program (CeTAP) surveys from 1978 to
1982 (CeTAP, 1982). The Atlantic
white-sided dolphins observed south of
Long Island were farther offshore in the
deeper water of the continental shelf
proper and closer to the continental
shelf slope. There are two pilot whale
species in the western North Atlantic:
The long-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala melas melas), and short-
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
Removal
Duration
(days) d
1
Removal
time
(min./pile)
15
Duration
(days) d
1
finned pilot whale (Globicephala
macrorhynchus). The latitudinal ranges
of the two species remain uncertain,
although south of Cape Hatteras, most
pilot whale sightings are expected to be
short-finned pilot whales, while north
of ∼42° N most pilot whale sightings are
expected to be long-finned pilot whales,
and the two species overlap spatially
along the mid-Atlantic shelf break
between New Jersey and the southern
flank of Georges Bank (Hayes et al.,
2018). The available data suggests that
long-finned pilot whales are more
common along the continental shelf off
the northeast coast of the United States
during winter and early spring, and
move into the more northerly waters of
Georges Bank and the Gulf of Maine
from late spring through autumn
(CeTAP, 1982). Both species prefer
deeper offshore waters compared to the
relatively shallow waters of the project
area, are not often observed in the
waters overlying the continental shelf
proper and are more commonly seen at
the continental shelf break and farther
offshore on the slope. As these species
are not expected to occur in the project
area during the proposed activities, they
are not discussed further in this
document.
We expect that the species listed in
Table 2 will potentially occur in the
project area and will potentially be
taken as a result of the proposed project.
Table 2 summarizes information related
to the population or stock, including
regulatory status under the MMPA and
ESA and potential biological removal
(PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2018).
PBR is defined by the MMPA as the
maximum number of animals, not
including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal
stock while allowing that stock to reach
or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS’
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated
or authorized here, PBR is included here
as a gross indicator of the status of the
species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45960
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’ U.S. Atlantic SARs. All values
presented in Table 2 are the most recent
available at the time of publication and
are available in the 2017 Atlantic SARs
(Hayes et al., 2018) or draft 2018 SARs,
available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/2018draft-marine-mammal-stockassessment-reports-available.
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE PROPOSED
ACTIVITY
Common name
(scientific name)
MMPA
and ESA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most
recent
abundance
survey) 2
Predicted
abundance
(CV) 3
PBR 4
Annual
M/SI 4
Occurrence and
seasonality in project
area
Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops
truncatus).
dolphin 6
Common
(Delphinus
delphis).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena).
W. North Atlantic, Offshore.
W. North Atlantic Coastal Migratory.
W. North Atlantic ...........
Gulf of Maine/Bay of
Fundy.
-; N
5 97,476
77,532 (0.40; 56,053;
2011).
6,639 (0.41; 4,759;
2015).
173,486 (0.55; 55,690;
2011).
79,833 (0.32; 61,415;
2011).
-; N
-; N
-; N
(0.06) ..
561
39.4
Rare in summer; absent
in winter.
Common year round.
48
unknown
86,098 (0.12) ....
557
406
Common year round.
* 45,089 (0.12) ..
706
255
Common year round.
Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis).
W. North Atlantic ...........
E; Y
451 (0; 455; n/a) ............
* 535 (0.45) .......
0.9
56
Year round in continental
shelf and slope
waters, occur seasonally.
Common year round.
Humpback whale 7 (Megaptera
novaeangliae).
Minke whale 6 (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata).
Gulf of Maine .................
-; N
896 (0.42; 239; n/a) .......
* 1,637 (0.07) ....
14.6
9.8
Canadian East Coast ....
-; N
20,741 (0.3; 1,425; n/a)
* 2,112 (0.05) ....
14
7.5
..........................
1,389
5,688
Common year round.
..........................
2,006
345
Common year round.
unk
225,687
Year round in continental
shelf and slope
waters, occur seasonally.
Earless seals (Phocidae)
Gray seal 8 (Halichoerus
grypus).
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) ....
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Harp seal (Pagophilus
groenlandicus).
W. North Atlantic ...........
-; N
W. North Atlantic ...........
-; N
W. North Atlantic ...........
-; N
27,131 (0.10; 25,908; n/
a).
75,834 (0.15; 66,884;
2012).
7,411,000 (unk.; unk;
2014).
Rare.
1 ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated
under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2 Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports (SAR) except where otherwise noted. SARs available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock
abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2018 draft Atlantic SARs.
3 This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016, 2017, 2018).
These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic Ocean, and we provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean density of all pixels in the modeled
area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported development of either two or four seasonal models;
each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
4 Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine
mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP). Annual M/SI, found in NMFS’ SARs, represent annual
levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, subsistence hunting, ship strike). Annual M/SI values often
cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value. All M/SI values are as presented in the draft 2018 SARs.
5 Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly, the habitatbased cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is limited to genus or guild
in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal
stocks.
6 Abundance as reported in the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson
and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock’s range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance estimate is considered more accurate
than the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with inferior coverage of the stock range). NMFS stock abundance estimate for the common
dolphin is 70,184. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the fin whale is 1,618. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the minke whale is 2,591.
7 2018 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR for the Gulf of Maine feeding population lists a current abundance estimate of 896 individuals. However, we note that the estimate is
defined on the basis of feeding location alone (i.e., Gulf of Maine) and is therefore likely an underestimate.
8 NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
Two marine mammal species that are
listed under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) may be present in the project area
and may be taken incidental to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
proposed activity: The North Atlantic
right whale and fin whale.
Below is a description of the species
that have the highest likelihood of
occurring in the project area and are
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
thus expected to potentially be taken by
the proposed activities. For the majority
of species potentially present in the
specific geographic region, NMFS has
designated only a single generic stock
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
(e.g., ‘‘western North Atlantic’’) for
management purposes. This includes
the ‘‘Canadian east coast’’ stock of
minke whales, which includes all minke
whales found in U.S. waters is also a
generic stock for management purposes.
For humpback whales, NMFS defines
stocks on the basis of feeding locations,
i.e., Gulf of Maine. However, references
to humpback whales in this document
refer to any individuals of the species
that are found in the specific geographic
region. Any biologically important areas
(BIAs) that overlap spatially with the
project area are addressed in the species
sections below.
North Atlantic Right Whale
The North Atlantic right whale ranges
from calving grounds in the
southeastern United States to feeding
grounds in New England waters and
into Canadian waters (Hayes et al.,
2018). Surveys have demonstrated the
existence of seven areas where North
Atlantic right whales congregate
seasonally, including north and east of
the proposed project area in Georges
Bank, off Cape Cod, and in
Massachusetts Bay (Hayes et al., 2018).
In the late fall months (e.g., October),
right whales are generally thought to
depart from the feeding grounds in the
North Atlantic and move south to their
calving grounds off Georgia and Florida.
However, recent research indicates our
understanding of their movement
patterns remains incomplete (Davis et
al. 2017). A review of passive acoustic
monitoring data from 2004 to 2014
throughout the western North Atlantic
demonstrated nearly continuous yearround right whale presence across their
entire habitat range (for at least some
individuals), including in locations
previously thought of as migratory
corridors, suggesting that not all of the
population undergoes a consistent
annual migration (Davis et al. 2017). In
recent years, right whales have been
observed off Long Island during the
summer, outside of the migration period
(NEFSC, 2019). According to the NMFS
Northeast Fisheries Science Center’s
(NEFSC) North Atlantic Right Whale
Sighting Advisory System, 50 right
whale observations were reported in the
waters south of Long Island and north
of New Jersey between May 2004 and
May 2019, with 6 observations in the
project area (NEFSC, 2019). The project
area is not a known feeding area for
right whales and right whales are not
expected to be foraging along the
southern coast of Long Island, including
the project area, as their main prey
species are typically concentrated in
offshore waters several miles seaward of
the Project area, and right whale
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:37 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
foraging behavior has never been
documented near the coast of Long
Island. Therefore, any right whales in
the vicinity of the project area are
expected to be transient, most likely
migrating through the area.
The western North Atlantic
population demonstrated overall growth
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to
2010, despite a decline in 1993 and no
growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et
al. 2017). However, since 2010 the
population has been in decline, with a
99.99 percent probability of a decline of
just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al.
2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving
rates varied substantially, with low
calving rates coinciding with all three
periods of decline or no growth (Pace et
al. 2017). On average, North Atlantic
right whale calving rates are estimated
to be roughly half that of southern right
whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al.
2017), which are increasing in
abundance (NMFS 2015). In 2018, no
new North Atlantic right whale calves
were documented in their calving
grounds; this represented the first time
since annual NOAA aerial surveys
began in 1989 that no new right whale
calves were observed. Seven right whale
calves were documented in 2019. The
current best estimate of population
abundance for the species is 411
individuals, based on data as of
September 4, 2018 (Pettis et al., 2018).
Elevated North Atlantic right whale
mortalities have occurred since June 7,
2017 along the U.S. and Canadian coast.
A total of 27 confirmed dead stranded
whales (19 in Canada; 8 in the United
States) have been documented. This
event has been declared an Unusual
Mortality Event (UME), with human
interactions, including entanglement in
fixed fishing gear and vessel strikes,
implicated in at least 13 of the
mortalities thus far. More information is
available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2017-2019-northatlantic-right-whale-unusual-mortalityevent.
NMFS’ regulations at 50 CFR 224.105
designated nearshore waters of the MidAtlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S.
Seasonal Management Areas (SMA) for
right whales in 2008. SMAs were
developed to reduce the threat of
collisions between ships and right
whales around their migratory route and
calving grounds. A portion of one SMA,
which is associated with the port of
New York and New Jersey, overlaps
spatially with the easternmost part of
the project area (see Figure 7 in the IHA
application). The SMA that occurs off
New York and New Jersey is active from
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45961
November 1 through April 30 of each
year.
Fin Whale
Fin whales are common in waters of
the U. S. Atlantic EEZ, principally from
Cape Hatteras northward (Waring et al.,
2016). Fin whales are present north of
35-degree latitude in every season and
are broadly distributed throughout the
western North Atlantic for most of the
year, though densities vary seasonally
(Waring et al., 2016). Fin whales are
found in small groups of up to five
individuals (Brueggeman et al., 1987).
Fin whales have been observed in the
waters off the eastern end of Long
Island, but are more common in deeper
waters and would not be expected to
occur within Raritan Bay.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found
worldwide in all oceans. Humpback
whales were listed as endangered under
the Endangered Species Conservation
Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the
ESA replaced the ESCA, and
humpbacks continued to be listed as
endangered. NMFS recently evaluated
the status of the species, and on
September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the
species into 14 distinct population
segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place
listed four DPSs as endangered and one
DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;
September 8, 2016). The remaining nine
DPSs were not listed. The West Indies
DPS, which is not listed under the ESA,
is the only DPS of humpback whale that
is expected to occur in the project area.
There have been anecdotal reports of
increased sightings of live humpback
whales in the project area (Hynes, 2016;
Brown et al., 2018a). Between 2011 and
2016, there have been at least 46
humpback whale sightings within
Lower New York Bay, Upper New York
Bay, and Raritan Bay (Brown et al.,
2018a). Most sightings occurred during
the summer months (July to September),
with no documented sightings in the
winter (Brown et al., 2018). A total of
617 humpback whale sightings were
reported within the New York Bight
based on data collected from 2011–2017
(Brown et al., 2018). During winter, the
majority of humpback whales from
North Atlantic feeding areas mate and
calve in the West Indies, where spatial
and genetic mixing among feeding
groups occurs, though significant
numbers of animals are found in midand high-latitude regions at this time
and some individuals have been sighted
repeatedly within the same winter
season, indicating that not all humpback
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45962
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
whales migrate south every winter
(Hayes et al., 2018).
Since January 2016, elevated
humpback whale mortalities have
occurred along the Atlantic coast from
Maine to Florida. Partial or full
necropsy examinations have been
conducted on approximately half of the
99 known cases. Of the whales
examined, about 50 percent had
evidence of human interaction, either
ship strike or entanglement. While a
portion of the whales have shown
evidence of pre-mortem vessel strike,
this finding is not consistent across all
whales examined and more research is
needed. NOAA is consulting with
researchers that are conducting studies
on the humpback whale populations,
and these efforts may provide
information on changes in whale
distribution and habitat use that could
provide additional insight into how
these vessel interactions occurred.
Three previous UMEs involving
humpback whales have occurred since
2000, in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More
information is available at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2016-2019humpback-whale-unusual-mortalityevent-along-atlantic-coast.
Minke Whale
Minke whales occur in temperate,
tropical, and high-latitude waters. The
Canadian East Coast stock can be found
in the area from the western half of the
Davis Strait (45° W) to the Gulf of
Mexico (Hayes et al., 2018). This species
generally occupies waters less than 100
m deep on the continental shelf. There
appears to be a strong seasonal
component to minke whale distribution
(Hayes et al., 2018). During spring and
summer, they appear to be widely
distributed from just east of Montauk
Point, Long Island, northeast to
Nantucket Shoals, and north towards
Stellwagen Bank and Jeffrey’s Ledge
(CeTAP, 1982). During the fall, their
range is much smaller and their
abundance is reduced throughout their
range (CeTAP, 1982). During the winter,
they are largely absent from the vicinity
of the project area (Waring et al., 2012).
Since January 2017, elevated minke
whale mortalities have occurred along
the Atlantic coast from Maine through
South Carolina, with a total of 61
strandings recorded when this
document was written. This event has
been declared a UME. Full or partial
necropsy examinations were conducted
on more than 60 percent of the whales.
Preliminary findings in several of the
whales have shown evidence of human
interactions or infectious disease, but
these findings are not consistent across
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
all of the whales examined, so more
research is needed. More information is
available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019minke-whale-unusual-mortality-eventalong-atlantic-coast.
Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found worldwide in temperate to subtropical seas. In
the North Atlantic, common dolphins
are typically found over the continental
shelf between the 100-m and 2,000-m
isobaths and over prominent
underwater topography and east to the
mid-Atlantic Ridge (Hayes et al., 2018),
but may be found in shallower shelf
waters as well. Common dolphins occur
primarily east and north of Long Island
and may occur in the project area during
all seasons (CeTAP, 1982). Between
2011 and 2015, 68 common dolphins
stranded in New York and 53 stranded
in New Jersey (Hayes et al., 2018).
During 2013, 23 common dolphins
stranded along the Long Island coast
(RFMRP 2014).
Bottlenose Dolphin
There are two distinct bottlenose
dolphin mophotypes in the western
North Atlantic: The coastal and offshore
forms (Hayes et al., 2018). The two
mophotypes are genetically distinct
based upon both mitochondrial and
nuclear markers (Hoelzel et al. 1998;
Rosel et al. 2009). The offshore form is
distributed primarily along the outer
continental shelf and continental slope
in waters greater than 40 m from
Georges Bank to the Florida Keys (Hayes
et al., 2018). The Western North Atlantic
Northern Migratory Coastal stock
occupies coastal waters from the
shoreline to approximately the 20-m
isobath between Assateague, Virginia,
and Long Island, New York during
warm water months. The stock migrates
in late summer and fall and, during cold
water months (best described by January
and February), occupies coastal waters
from approximately Cape Lookout,
North Carolina, to the North Carolina/
Virginia border (Garrison et al., 2017).
Based on the known distribution of the
Western North Atlantic Northern
Migratory Coastal stock, this stock could
potentially occur in the vicinity of the
project during area during the the
proposed project; however, Sandy Hook,
NJ (southeast of Raritan Bay) represents
the northern extent of the stock’s range,
and there have been no confirmed
sightings of the stock within the project
area itself (Hayes et al., 2018).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises occur from the
coastline to deep waters (>1800 m;
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
Westgate et al. 1998), although the
majority of the population is found over
the continental shelf in waters less than
150 m (Hayes et al., 2018). In the project
area, only the Gulf of Maine/Bay of
Fundy stock of harbor porpoise may be
present. This stock is found in U.S. and
Canadian Atlantic waters and is
concentrated in the northern Gulf of
Maine and southern Bay of Fundy
region, but their range extends to North
Carolina, depending on the season
(Hayes et al. 2018). In 2011, six
sightings were recorded inside Long
Island Sound with one sighting
recorded just outside the Sound (NEFSC
and SEFSC, 2011). Between 2011 and
2015, 33 harbor porpoises stranded in
New York and 17 stranded in New
Jersey (Hayes et al., 2018).
Harbor Seal
The harbor seal is found in all
nearshore waters of the North Atlantic
and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining
seas above about 30° N (Burns, 2009). In
the western North Atlantic, harbor seals
are distributed from the eastern
Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to
southern New England and New York,
and occasionally to the Carolinas (Hayes
et al., 2018). Their presence in the
region of the project area is seasonal,
with increasing numbers from October
to March and a peak in mid-March
(Hoover et al., 2013), when adults, subadults, and juveniles are expected to
migrate south from Maine. They return
north to the coastal waters of Maine and
Canada in late spring (Katona et al.,
1993). The closest known haulout sites
for harbor seals in the vicinity of the
project area are located 2.9 km (1. 8 mi)
southwest of the Ambrose Channel
Crossing site (Sandy Hook Beach) and
16.1 km (10 statute miles) east of the
MP14.5 to MP16.5 site (Sandy Hook
Beach), with additional haulout sites
along the neighboring islands to the
north (CRESLI, 2019). The Coastal
Research and Education Society of Long
Island (CRESLI) has monitored seal
populations in the project area for over
15 years and continues to conduct
behavioral and population studies of
seals around Long Island, including
regular observations at a major haulout
site at Cupsogue Beach Park, located
approximately 96.6 km (60 mi) north of
the project area on the eastern shore of
Long Island. There are approximately 26
haulout locations around Long Island,
and CRESLI has documented a total of
18,321 harbor seals during 334 surveys
since 2004 (CRESLI, 2019).
Since July 2018, elevated numbers of
harbor seal and gray seal mortalities
have occurred across Maine, New
Hampshire and Massachusetts. This
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
event has been declared a UME.
Additionally, stranded seals have
shown clinical signs as far south as
Virginia, although not in elevated
numbers, therefore the UME
investigation now encompasses all seal
strandings from Maine to Virginia.
Lastly, ice seals (harp and hooded seals)
have also started stranding with clinical
signs, again not in elevated numbers,
and those two seal species have also
been added to the UME investigation. A
total of 1,593 reported strandings (of all
species) had occurred as of the writing
of this document. Full or partial
necropsy examinations have been
conducted on some of the seals and
samples have been collected for testing.
Based on tests conducted thus far, the
main pathogen found in the seals is
phocine distemper virus. NMFS is
performing additional testing to identify
any other factors that may be involved
in this UME. Information on this UME
is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-englandmid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/20182019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-eventalong.
Gray Seal
There are three major populations of
gray seals found in the world; eastern
Canada (western North Atlantic stock),
northwestern Europe and the Baltic Sea.
Gray seals in the project area belong to
the western North Atlantic stock. The
range for this stock is from New Jersey
to Labrador. Current population trends
show that gray seal abundance is likely
increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ
(Hayes et al., 2018). Although the rate of
increase is unknown, surveys conducted
since their arrival in the 1980s indicate
a steady increase in abundance in both
Maine and Massachusetts (Hayes et al.,
2018). It is believed that recolonization
by Canadian gray seals is the source of
the U.S. population (Hayes et al., 2018).
The closest known haulout sites for gray
seals in the vicinity of the project area
are located 2.9 km (1.8 mi) southwest of
the Ambrose Channel Crossing site
(Sandy Hook Beach) and 16.1 km (10
mi) east of the MP14.5 to MP16.5 site
(Sandy Hook Beach). Additional
haulout sites are likely Little Gull Island
in the Long Island Sound (CRESLI,
2019). Gray seals also haul out on Great
Gull Island and Little Gull Island in
eastern Long Island Sound (DiGiovanni
et al., 2015).
As described above, elevated seal
mortalities, including gray seals, have
occurred from Maine to Virginia since
July 2018. This event has been declared
a UME, with phocine distemper virus
identified as the main pathogen found
in the seals. NMFS is performing
additional testing to identify any other
factors that may be involved in this
UME. Information on this UME is
available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-englandmid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/20182019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-eventalong.
Harp Seal
Harp seals are highly migratory and
occur throughout much of the North
Atlantic and Arctic Oceans (Hayes et al.,
2018). Breeding occurs between lateFebruary and April and adults then
assemble on suitable pack ice to
undergo the annual molt. The migration
then continues north to Arctic summer
feeding grounds. Harp seal occurrence
in the project area is considered rare.
However, since the early 1990s,
numbers of sightings and strandings
have been increasing off the east coast
of the United States from Maine to New
Jersey (Katona et al. 1993; Rubinstein
1994; Stevick and Fernald 1998;
McAlpine 1999; Lacoste and Stenson
2000; Soulen et al. 2013). These
extralimital appearances usually occur
in January–May (Harris et al. 2002),
when the western North Atlantic stock
is at its most southern point of
migration. Between 2011 and 2015, 78
harp seals stranded (mortalities) in New
York and 22 stranded (mortalities) in
New Jersey (Hayes et al., 2018). During
2013, eight harp seals stranded
(mortalities and alive) on Long Island
(RFMRP, 2014). All of those strandings
occurred between January and June.
As described above, elevated seal
mortalities, including harp seals, have
occurred across Maine, New Hampshire
and Massachusetts, and as far south as
Virginia, since July 2018. This event has
been declared a UME, with phocine
distemper virus identified as the main
pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is
performing additional testing to identify
any other factors that may be involved
in this UME. Information on this UME
is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-englandmid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/2018–
2019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-eventalong.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007,
2019) recommended that marine
mammals be divided into functional
hearing groups based on directly
measured or estimated hearing ranges
on the basis of available behavioral
response data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 decibel
(dB) threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in Table 3.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS (NMFS, 2018)
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Hearing group
Generalized hearing range *
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) .............................................................................
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) ..
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid,
Lagenorhynchus cruciger & L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) ...........................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45963
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45964
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS (NMFS, 2018)—Continued
Hearing group
Generalized hearing range *
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ......................................................
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al. 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemila¨ et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information. Nine marine
mammal species (six cetacean and three
pinniped (all phocid species)) have the
reasonable potential to co-occur with
the proposed activities. Please refer to
Table 2. Of the cetacean species that
may be present, three are classified as
low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all
mysticete species), two are classified as
mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all
delphinid species), and one is classified
as a high-frequency cetacean (i.e.,
harbor porpoise).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
Estimated Take section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the
content of this section, the Estimated
Take section, and the Proposed
Mitigation section, to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and how
those impacts on individuals are likely
to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Description of Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical
background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types,
and on metrics used in this proposal
inasmuch as the information is relevant
to the specified activity and to a
discussion of the potential effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
found later in this document. For
general information on sound and its
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
interaction with the marine
environment, please see, e.g., Au and
Hastings (2008); Richardson et al.
(1995); Urick (1983).
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in hertz
(Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is
the distance between two peaks or
corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency
sounds have shorter wavelengths than
lower frequency sounds, and typically
attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower
water. Amplitude is the height of the
sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’
of a sound and is typically described
using the relative unit of the decibel
(dB). A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB
is described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference
pressure (for underwater sound, this is
1 microPascal (mPa)), and is a
logarithmic unit that accounts for large
variations in amplitude; therefore, a
relatively small change in dB
corresponds to large changes in sound
pressure. The source level (SL)
represents the SPL referenced at a
distance of 1 m from the source
(referenced to 1 mPa), while the received
level is the SPL at the listener’s position
(referenced to 1 mPa).
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
duration of an impulse. Root mean
square is calculated by squaring all of
the sound amplitudes, averaging the
squares, and then taking the square root
of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean
square accounts for both positive and
negative values; squaring the pressures
makes all values positive so that they
may be accounted for in the summation
of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL;
represented as dB re 1 mPa2-s) represents
the total energy in a stated frequency
band over a stated time interval or
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
event, and considers both intensity and
duration of exposure. The per-pulse SEL
is calculated over the time window
containing the entire pulse (i.e., 100
percent of the acoustic energy). SEL is
a cumulative metric; it can be
accumulated over a single pulse, or
calculated over periods containing
multiple pulses. Cumulative SEL
represents the total energy accumulated
by a receiver over a defined time
window or during an event. Peak sound
pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak
sound pressure or 0-pk) is the maximum
instantaneous sound pressure
measurable in the water at a specified
distance from the source, and is
represented in the same units as the rms
sound pressure.
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in a manner similar
to ripples on the surface of a pond and
may be either directed in a beam or
beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case
for sound produced by the pile driving
activity considered here. The
compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is typically loud due to
ambient sound, which is defined as
environmental background sound levels
lacking a single source or point
(Richardson et al., 1995). The sound
level of a region is defined by the total
acoustical energy being generated by
known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound. A number of
sources contribute to ambient sound,
including wind and waves, which are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient sound for frequencies between
200 hertz (Hz) and 50 kilohertz (kHz)
(Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
sound levels tend to increase with
increasing wind speed and wave height.
Precipitation can become an important
component of total sound at frequencies
above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100
Hz during quiet times. Marine mammals
can contribute significantly to ambient
sound levels, as can some fish and
snapping shrimp. The frequency band
for biological contributions is from
approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
Sources of ambient sound related to
human activity include transportation
(surface vessels), dredging and
construction, oil and gas drilling and
production, geophysical surveys, sonar,
and explosions. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for
frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In
general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
and, if higher frequency sound levels
are created, they attenuate rapidly.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources that
comprise ambient sound at any given
location and time depends not only on
the source levels (as determined by
current weather conditions and levels of
biological and human activity) but also
on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 decibels (dB) from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from the specified
activity may be a negligible addition to
the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals. Underwater ambient sound
in Raritan Bay and the New York Bight
is comprised of sounds produced by a
number of natural and anthropogenic
sources. Human-generated sound is a
significant contributor to the ambient
acoustic environment in the project
location. Details of source types are
described in the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall
into one of two general types: Pulsed
and non-pulsed (defined in the
following). The distinction between
these two sound types is important
because they have differing potential to
cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
discussion of these concepts. The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
distinction between these two sound
types is not always obvious, as certain
signals share properties of both pulsed
and non-pulsed sounds. A signal near a
source could be categorized as a pulse,
but due to propagation effects as it
moves farther from the source, the
signal duration becomes longer (e.g.,
Greene and Richardson, 1988).
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
impact pile driving) produce signals
that are brief (typically considered to be
less than one second), broadband, atonal
transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,
1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and
occur either as isolated events or
repeated in some succession. Pulsed
sounds are all characterized by a
relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,
narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either
continuous or intermittent (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these nonpulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the
essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
rise time). Examples of non-pulsed
sounds include those produced by
vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems.
The duration of such sounds, as
received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
The impulsive sound generated by
impact hammers is characterized by
rapid rise times and high peak levels.
Vibratory hammers produce nonimpulsive, continuous noise at levels
significantly lower than those produced
by impact hammers. Rise time is slower,
reducing the probability and severity of
injury, and sound energy is distributed
over a greater amount of time (e.g.,
Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson et
al., 2005).
Acoustic Effects
We previously provided general
background information on marine
mammal hearing (see ‘‘Description of
Marine Mammals in the Area of the
Specified Activity’’). Here, we discuss
the potential effects of sound on marine
mammals.
Potential Effects of Underwater
Sound—Note that, in the following
discussion, we refer in many cases to a
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45965
review article concerning studies of
noise-induced hearing loss conducted
from 1996–2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015).
For study-specific citations, please see
that work. Anthropogenic sounds cover
a broad range of frequencies and sound
levels and can have a range of highly
variable impacts on marine life, from
none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received
levels, duration of exposure, behavioral
context, and various other factors. The
potential effects of underwater sound
from active acoustic sources can
potentially result in one or more of the
following: Temporary or permanent
hearing impairment, non-auditory
physical or physiological effects,
behavioral disturbance, stress, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995;
Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; Go¨tz et al.,
2009). The degree of effect is
intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance
from the source, and duration of the
sound exposure. In general, sudden,
high level sounds can cause hearing
loss, as can longer exposures to lower
level sounds. Temporary or permanent
loss of hearing will occur almost
exclusively for noise within an animal’s
hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before
providing discussion specific to pile
driving.
Richardson et al. (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We describe the more severe effects
(i.e., certain non-auditory physical or
physiological effects) only briefly as we
do not expect that there is a reasonable
likelihood that pile driving may result
in such effects (see below for further
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
45966
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
discussion). Potential effects from
impulsive sound sources can range in
severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to
physical discomfort, slight injury of the
internal organs and the auditory system,
or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
Non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary
effect of extreme behavioral reactions
(e.g., change in dive profile as a result
of an avoidance reaction) caused by
exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance
effects, and other types of organ or
tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;
Tal et al., 2015). The construction
activities considered here do not
involve the use of devices such as
explosives or mid-frequency tactical
sonar that are associated with these
types of effects.
Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
lower-intensity sound for prolonged
periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of
hearing sensitivity at certain frequency
ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be
permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
of hearing sensitivity is not fully
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
which case the animal’s hearing
threshold would recover over time
(Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
exposure that leads to TTS could cause
PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
be total or partial deafness, while in
most cases the animal has an impaired
ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the ear
(i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
represents primarily tissue fatigue and
is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
addition, other investigators have
suggested that TTS is within the normal
bounds of physiological variability and
tolerance and does not represent
physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).
Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
to constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals, and there is no PTS
data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar
to those in humans and other terrestrial
mammals. PTS typically occurs at
exposure levels at least several decibels
above (a 40-dB threshold shift
approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et
al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing
mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift
approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
et al. 2007). Based on data from
terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
assumption is that the PTS thresholds
for impulse sounds (such as impact pile
driving pulses as received close to the
source) are at least 6 dB higher than the
TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis
and PTS cumulative sound exposure
level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher
than TTS cumulative sound exposure
level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007).
Given the higher level of sound or
longer exposure duration necessary to
cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is
considerably less likely that PTS could
occur.
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises, and a sound must be at a higher
level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
and marine mammals, TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (in cases of
strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary
to elicit mild TTS have been obtained
for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal
may be able to readily compensate for
a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
in a non-critical frequency range that
occurs during a time where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four
species of cetaceans (bottlenose
dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus
leucas), harbor porpoise, and Yangtze
finless porpoise (Neophocoena
asiaeorientalis)) and three species of
pinnipeds (northern elephant seal
(Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal,
and California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited
number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
tones and octave-band noise) in
laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015).
TTS was not observed in trained spotted
(Phoca largha) and ringed (Pusa
hispida) seals exposed to impulsive
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
noise at levels matching previous
predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et
al., 2016). In general, harbor seals and
harbor porpoises have a lower TTS
onset than other measured pinniped or
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS in marine mammals or for further
discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
please see Southall et al. (2007),
Finneran and Jenkins (2012), Finneran
(2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in
behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
of an area or changes in vocalizations),
more conspicuous changes in similar
behavioral activities, and more
sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or
abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted, behavioral state may affect the
type of response. For example, animals
that are resting may show greater
behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have showed
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
marine mammals to loud pulsed sound
sources (typically airguns or acoustic
harassment devices) have been varied
but often consist of avoidance behavior
or other behavioral changes suggesting
discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002;
see also Richardson et al., 1995;
Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
delphinids approach low-frequency
airgun source vessels with no apparent
discomfort or obvious behavioral change
(e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012), indicating
the importance of frequency output in
relation to the species’ hearing
sensitivity.
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad
categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,
2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,
2013b). Variations in dive behavior may
reflect interruptions in biologically
significant activities (e.g., foraging) or
they may be of little biological
significance. The impact of an alteration
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
to dive behavior resulting from an
acoustic exposure depends on what the
animal is doing at the time of the
exposure and the type and magnitude of
the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et
al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
while right whales have been observed
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45967
to shift the frequency content of their
calls upward while reducing the rate of
calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of
aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from airgun surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term,
with animals returning to the area once
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et
al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution
patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the
presence of the sound does not occur
(e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (Evans and
England, 2001). However, it should be
noted that response to a perceived
predator does not necessarily invoke
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and
whether individuals are solitary or in
groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
45968
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
Stress Responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
and, more rarely, studied in wild
populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship
traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales. These and
other studies lead to a reasonable
expectation that some marine mammals
will experience physiological stress
responses upon exposure to acoustic
stressors and that it is possible that
some of these would be classified as
‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
experiencing TTS would likely also
experience stress responses (NRC,
2003).
Auditory Masking—Sound can
disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when
the receipt of a sound is interfered with
by another coincident sound at similar
frequencies and at similar or higher
intensity, and may occur whether the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,
wind, waves, precipitation) or
anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,
seismic exploration) in origin. The
ability of a noise source to mask
biologically important sounds depends
on the characteristics of both the noise
source and the signal of interest (e.g.,
signal-to-noise ratio, temporal
variability, direction), in relation to each
other and to an animal’s hearing
abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency
range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional
discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and
propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
when the coincident (masking) sound is
man-made, it may be considered
harassment if disrupting behavioral
patterns. It is important to distinguish
TTS and PTS, which persist after the
sound exposure, from masking, which
occurs during the sound exposure.
Because masking (without resulting in
TS) is not associated with abnormal
physiological function, it is not
considered a physiological effect, but
rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can
be tested directly in captive species
(e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild
populations it must be either modeled
or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies
addressing real-world masking sounds
likely to be experienced by marine
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and
receivers of acoustic signals and can
potentially have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the
individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by
as much as 20 dB (more than three times
in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
from pre-industrial periods, with most
of the increase from distant commercial
shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All
anthropogenic sound sources, but
especially chronic and lower-frequency
signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound
levels, thus intensifying masking.
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity—As described previously (see
‘‘Description of Active Acoustic Sound
Sources’’), Transco proposes to conduct
pile driving and pile removal. The
effects of pile driving and removal on
marine mammals are dependent on
several factors, including the size, type,
and depth of the animal; the depth,
intensity, and duration of the pile
driving sound; the depth of the water
column; the substrate of the habitat; the
distance between the pile and the
animal; and the sound propagation
properties of the environment.
Noise generated by impact pile
driving consists of regular, pulsed
sounds of short duration. These pulsed
sounds are typically high energy with
fast rise times. Exposure to these sounds
may result in harassment depending on
proximity to the sound source and a
variety of environmental and biological
conditions (Dahl et al. 2015; Nedwell et
al., 2007). Illingworth & Rodkin (2007)
measured an unattenuated sound
pressure within 10 m (33 ft) at a peak
of 220 dB re 1 mPa for a 2.4 m (96 in)
steel pile driven by an impact hammer.
Studies of underwater sound from pile
driving finds that most of the acoustic
energy is below one to two kHz, with
broadband sound energy near the source
(40 Hz to >40 kHz) and only lowfrequency energy (<∼400 Hz) at longer
ranges (Bailey et al., 2010; Erbe, 2009;
Illingworth & Rodkin, 2007). There is
typically a decrease in sound pressure
and an increase in pulse duration the
greater the distance from the noise
source (Bailey et al., 2010). Maximum
noise levels from pile driving usually
occur during the last stage of driving
each pile where the highest hammer
energy levels are used (Betke, 2008).
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic sound depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
sound sources and their paths) and the
specific characteristics of the receiving
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography) and is difficult
to predict (Southall et al., 2007). It is
possible that the onset of pile driving
could result in temporary, short-term
changes in an animal’s typical
behavioral patterns and/or temporary
avoidance of the affected area. These
behavioral changes may include
(Richardson et al., 1995): Changing
durations of surfacing and dives,
number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed;
reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral
activities (such as socializing or
feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located;
and/or flight responses. The biological
significance of many of these behavioral
disturbances is difficult to predict,
especially if the detected disturbances
appear minor. However, the
consequences of behavioral
modification could be expected to be
biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Significant behavioral
modifications that could lead to effects
on growth, survival, or reproduction,
such as drastic changes in diving/
surfacing patterns or significant habitat
abandonment are considered extremely
unlikely in the case of the proposed
project, as it is expected that mitigation
measures, including clearance zones
and soft start (described in detail below,
see ‘‘Proposed Mitigation Measures’’)
will minimize the potential for marine
mammals to be exposed to sound levels
that would result in more extreme
behavioral responses. In addition,
marine mammals in the project area are
expected to avoid any area that would
be ensonified at sound levels high
enough for the potential to result in
more severe acute behavioral responses,
as the environment within Raritan Bay
would allow marine mammals the
ability to freely move to other areas of
the Bay without restriction.
In the case of pile driving, sound
sources would be active for relatively
short durations, with relation to
potential for masking. The frequencies
output by pile driving activity are lower
than those used by most species
expected to be regularly present for
communication or foraging. Those
species who would be more susceptible
to masking at these frequencies (LF
cetaceans) use the area only seasonally.
We expect insignificant impacts from
masking, and any masking event that
could possibly rise to Level B
harassment under the MMPA would
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45969
occur concurrently within the zones of
behavioral harassment already
estimated for pile driving, and which
have already been taken into account in
the exposure analysis.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
The proposed activities would not
result in permanent impacts to habitats
used directly by marine mammals, but
may have potential short-term impacts
to food sources such as forage fish. The
proposed activities could also affect
acoustic habitat (see masking discussion
above), but meaningful impacts are
unlikely. There are no known foraging
hotspots, or other ocean bottom
structures of significant biological
importance to marine mammals present
in the project area. Therefore, the main
impact issue associated with the
proposed activity would be temporarily
elevated sound levels and the associated
direct effects on marine mammals, as
discussed previously. The most likely
impact to marine mammal habitat
occurs from pile driving effects on likely
marine mammal prey (e.g., fish).
Impacts to the immediate substrate
during installation of piles are
anticipated, but these would be limited
to minor, temporary suspension of
sediments, which could impact water
quality and visibility for a short amount
of time, without any expected effects on
individual marine mammals. Impacts to
substrate are therefore not discussed
further.
Effects to Prey—Sound may affect
marine mammals through impacts on
the abundance, behavior, or distribution
of prey species (e.g., crustaceans,
cephalopods, fish, zooplankton). Marine
mammal prey varies by species, season,
and location and, for some, is not well
documented. Here, we describe studies
regarding the effects of noise on known
marine mammal prey.
Fish utilize the soundscape and
components of sound in their
environment to perform important
functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g.,
Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy
and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear
sounds using pressure and particle
motion sensitivity capabilities and
detect the motion of surrounding water
(Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects
of noise on fishes depends on the
overlapping frequency range, distance
from the sound source, water depth of
exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology.
Key impacts to fishes may include
behavioral responses, hearing damage,
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
45970
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
barotrauma (pressure-related injuries),
and mortality.
Fish react to sounds which are
especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds, and behavioral
responses such as flight or avoidance
are the most likely effects. Short
duration, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior and
local distribution. The reaction of fish to
noise depends on the physiological state
of the fish, past exposures, motivation
(e.g., feeding, spawning, migration), and
other environmental factors. Hastings
and Popper (2005) identified several
studies that suggest fish may relocate to
avoid certain areas of sound energy.
Additional studies have documented
effects of pile driving on fish, although
several are based on studies in support
of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001,
2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009).
Several studies have demonstrated that
impulse sounds might affect the
distribution and behavior of some
fishes, potentially impacting foraging
opportunities or increasing energetic
costs (e.g., Fewtrell and McCauley,
2012; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Paxton et al.,
2017). However, some studies have
shown no or slight reaction to impulse
sounds (e.g., Pena et al., 2013; Wardle
et al., 2001; Jorgenson and Gyselman,
2009; Cott et al., 2012). More
commonly, though, the impacts of noise
on fish are temporary.
SPLs of sufficient strength have been
known to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. However, in most fish
species, hair cells in the ear
continuously regenerate and loss of
auditory function likely is restored
when damaged cells are replaced with
new cells. Halvorsen et al. (2012a)
showed that a TTS of 4–6 dB was
recoverable within 24 hours for one
species. Impacts would be most severe
when the individual fish is close to the
source and when the duration of
exposure is long. Injury caused by
barotrauma can range from slight to
severe and can cause death, and is most
likely for fish with swim bladders.
Barotrauma injuries have been
documented during controlled exposure
to impact pile driving (Halvorsen et al.,
2012b; Casper et al., 2013).
The most likely impact to fish from
pile driving activities in the project area
would be temporary behavioral
avoidance of the area. The duration of
fish avoidance of an area after pile
driving stops is unknown, but a rapid
return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior is anticipated.
In general, impacts to marine mammal
prey species are expected to be minor
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
and temporary due to the expected short
daily duration of individual pile driving
events and the relatively small areas
being affected.
The area likely impacted by the
activities is relatively small compared to
the available habitat in Raritan Bay. Any
behavioral avoidance by fish of the
disturbed area would still leave
significantly large areas of fish and
marine mammal foraging habitat in the
nearby vicinity. Based on the
information discussed herein, we
conclude that impacts of the specified
activity are not likely to have more than
short-term adverse effects on any prey
habitat or populations of prey species.
Further, any impacts to marine mammal
habitat are not expected to result in
significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals, or to
contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations. Effects to habitat will not
be discussed further in this document.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as noise from
pile driving has the potential to result
in disruption of behavioral patterns for
individual marine mammals. There is
also some potential for auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to result. The
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures are expected to minimize the
severity of such taking to the extent
practicable. The proposed mitigation
and monitoring measures are expected
to minimize the severity of such taking
to the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality
is anticipated or proposed to be
authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the take is estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take
by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds
above which NMFS believes the best
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
available science indicates marine
mammals will be behaviorally harassed
or incur some degree of permanent
hearing impairment; (2) the area or
volume of water that will be ensonified
above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine
mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of
activities. We note that while these
basic factors can contribute to a basic
calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional
information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes
available (e.g., previous monitoring
results or average group size). Below, we
describe the factors considered here in
more detail and present the proposed
take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science,
NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received
level of underwater sound above which
exposed marine mammals would be
reasonably expected to be behaviorally
harassed (equated to Level B
harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment—Though
significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also
informed to varying degrees by other
factors related to the source (e.g.,
frequency, predictability, duty cycle),
the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and
the receiving animals (hearing,
motivation, experience, demography,
behavioral context) and can be difficult
to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison
et al., 2012). Based on what the
available science indicates and the
practical need to use a threshold based
on a factor that is both predictable and
measurable for most activities, NMFS
uses a generalized acoustic threshold
based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely
to be behaviorally harassed in a manner
we consider Level B harassment when
exposed to underwater anthropogenic
noise above received levels of 160 dB re
1 mPa (rms) for impulsive and/or
intermittent sources (e.g., impact pile
driving) and 120 dB rms for continuous
sources (e.g., vibratory driving).
Transco’s proposed activity includes the
use of intermittent sources (impact pile
driving) and continuous sources
(vibratory driving), therefore use of the
120 and 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
thresholds are applicable.
Level A harassment—NMFS’
Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45971
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies
dual criteria to assess auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to five different
marine mammal groups (based on
hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). The components of
Transco’s proposed activity that may
result in the take of marine mammals
include the use of impulsive and nonimpulsive sources.
These thresholds are provided in
Table 4 below. The references, analysis,
and methodology used in the
development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical
Guidance, which may be accessed at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds *
(received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
1:
3:
5:
7:
9:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that will feed into identifying the area
ensonified above the acoustic
thresholds, which include source levels
and transmission loss coefficient.
Sound Propagation—Transmission
loss (TL) is the decrease in acoustic
intensity as an acoustic pressure wave
propagates out from a source. TL
parameters vary with frequency,
temperature, sea conditions, current,
source and receiver depth, water depth,
water chemistry, and bottom
composition and topography. The
general formula for underwater TL is:
TL = B * log10(R1/R2),
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Where
B = transmission loss coefficient (assumed to
be 15)
R1 = the distance of the modeled SPL from
the driven pile, and
R2 = the distance from the driven pile of the
initial measurement.
This formula neglects loss due to
scattering and absorption, which is
assumed to be zero here. The degree to
which underwater sound propagates
away from a sound source is dependent
on a variety of factors, most notably the
water bathymetry and presence or
absence of reflective or absorptive
conditions including in-water structures
and sediments. Spherical spreading
occurs in a perfectly unobstructed (freefield) environment not limited by depth
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
or water surface, resulting in a 6 dB
reduction in sound level for each
doubling of distance from the source
(20*log(range)). Cylindrical spreading
occurs in an environment in which
sound propagation is bounded by the
water surface and sea bottom, resulting
in a reduction of 3 dB in sound level for
each doubling of distance from the
source (10*log(range)). As is common
practice in coastal waters, here we
assume practical spreading loss (4.5 dB
reduction in sound level for each
doubling of distance). Practical
spreading is a compromise that is often
used under conditions where water
depth increases as the receiver moves
away from the shoreline, resulting in an
expected propagation environment that
would lie between spherical and
cylindrical spreading loss conditions.
Sound Source Levels—The intensity
of pile driving sounds is greatly
influenced by factors such as the type of
piles, hammers, and the physical
environment in which the activity takes
place. Acoustic measurements of pile
driving at the project area are not
available. Therefore, to estimate sound
levels associated with the proposed
project, representative source levels for
installation and removal of each pile
type and size were identified using the
compendium compiled by the California
Department of Transportation (Caltrans,
2015). The information presented in
Caltrans (2015) is a compilation of SPLs
recorded during various in-water pile
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
driving projects in California, Oregon,
Washington, and Nebraska. The
compendium is a commonly used
reference document for pile driving
source levels when analyzing potential
impacts on protected species, including
marine mammals, from pile driving
activities.
The proposed project would include
impact and vibratory installation and
vibratory removal of 0.25-m (10-in),
0.61-m (24-in), 0.86-m (34-in), 0.91-m
(36-in), 0.91- to 1.2-m (36- to 48-in), and
1.5-m (60-in)-diameter steel pipe piles.
Reference source levels from Caltrans
(2015) were determined using data for
piles of similar sizes, the same pile
driving method as that proposed for the
project, and at similar water depths
(Table 5). While the pile sizes and water
depths chosen as proxies do not exactly
match those for the proposed project,
they represent the closest matches
available. It is assumed that the source
levels shown in Table 5 are the most
representative for each pile type and
associated pile driving method. To be
conservative, the representative sound
source levels were based on the largest
pile expected to be driven/removed at
each potential in-water construction
site. For example, where Transco may
use a range of pile sizes (i.e., 0.91 to 1.2
m (36 to 48 in)), the largest potential
pile size (1.2 m (48 in)) was used in the
modeling.
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45972
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 5—MODELED PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL SOURCE LEVELS
RMS
(dB)
Pile diameter
(in)
Impact
SEL
Vibratory
Impact
Vibratory
Installation
10
24
34
36
48
60
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
........................
........................
193
193
........................
195
150
160
168
168
170
170
........................
........................
183
183
........................
185
150
160
168
168
170
170
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
150
160
168
168
170
170
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
150
160
168
168
170
170
Removal
10
24
34
36
48
60
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
Since there would be many piles at
each of the construction sites within
close proximately to one another, it was
not practical to estimate zones of
influence (ZOIs) for each individual
pile, and results would have been nearly
identical for all similarly sized piles at
each construction location. In order to
simplify calculations, a representative
pile site was selected for eight separate
pile locations (Table 6) (See Figure 8 in
the IHA application for the
representative locations).
TABLE 6—REPRESENTATIVE PILE
SITES SELECTED FOR MODELING
Location/mile post
(MP)
Pile size
(inches)
HDD Morgan Offshore (MP
12.59) ................................
24
36
48
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 13.84) ..................
MP 14.5 to MP 16.5 .............
MP 28.0 to MP 29.36 ...........
HDD Ambrose West Side
(MP 29.4) ..........................
10
24
34
24
36
48
60
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
HDD Ambrose East Side
(MP 30.48) ........................
24
36
48
60
34
MP 34.5 to MP 35.04 ...........
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 35.04) ..................
10
For strings where only a single pile
type would be installed or removed (i.e.,
Neptune Power Cable Crossing MP13.84
and MP35.04, MP14.5 to MP16.5,
MP28.0 to MP29.36, and MP34.5 to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
MP35.04), the representative pile
location was selected in the middle of
the string. For the HDD Morgan Offshore
string site, the location closest to the
platform installation was selected as the
representative pile location as it
represents the area with the largest pile
sizes. The HDD Ambrose West Side and
HDD Ambrose East Side representative
pile locations were selected based on
the entry and exit pits. The HDD
Ambrose East Side is the entry pit and
the HDD Ambrose West Side is the exit
pit. This would also represent the outer
limit of the HDD Ambrose string, and is
therefore the most conservative
modeling option.
Distances to isopleths associated with
Level A and Level B harassment
thresholds were calculated for each pile
size, for vibratory and impact
installation and removal activities, at
the representative pile locations (Table
6). When the NMFS Technical Guidance
(2016) was published, in recognition of
the fact that ensonified area/volume
could be more technically challenging
to predict because of the duration
component in the new thresholds, we
developed a User Spreadsheet that
includes tools to help predict a simple
isopleth that can be used in conjunction
with marine mammal density or
occurrence to help predict takes. We
note that because of some of the
assumptions included in the methods
used for these tools, we anticipate that
isopleths produced are typically going
to be overestimates of some degree,
which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment
take. However, these tools offer the best
way to predict appropriate isopleths
when more sophisticated 3D modeling
methods are not available, and NMFS
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
continues to develop ways to
quantitatively refine these tools, and
will qualitatively address the output
where appropriate. For stationary
sources such as pile driving from the
proposed project the NMFS Optional
User Spreadsheet predicts the closest
distance at which, if a marine mammal
remained at that distance the whole
duration of the activity, it would incur
PTS. Inputs used in the Optional User
Spreadsheet, and the resulting isopleths,
are reported below. The ‘‘Impact Pile
Driving’’ and ‘‘Non-Impulse-stationarycontinuous’’ tabs of the Optional User
Spreadsheet were used to calculate
isopleth distances to the Level A
harassment thresholds for impact and
vibratory driving, respectively.
The updated acoustic thresholds for
impulsive sounds (such as pile driving)
contained in the Technical Guidance
(NMFS, 2018) were presented as dual
metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure level
metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS
considers onset of PTS (Level A
harassment) to have occurred when
either one of the two metrics is
exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of
exposure, as well as auditory weighting
functions by marine mammal hearing
group. Isopleth distances to relevant
Level A harassment thresholds were
calculated, for both the SELcum and peak
sound pressure level metrics, for all pile
sizes at the representative pile driving
locations as described above. The largest
modeled isopleth distance to
harassment thresholds based on the
peak SPL metric was 34.1 m which was
modeled based on 60 inch piles for the
high frequency functional hearing group
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45973
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
(threshold of 202 dB re 1 mPa; Table 4).
Calculation of isopleth distances to
relevant Level A harassment thresholds
for all pile sizes and all marine mammal
functional hearing groups resulted in
greater modeled distances associated
with the SELcum metric than the peak
sound pressure level metric, thus the
modeled distances associated with the
SELcum metric were carried forward in
the exposure analysis to be
conservative. It should be noted that
this method likely results in a
conservative estimate of Level A
exposures because the SELcum metric
assumes continuous exposure to the
total duration of pile driving anticipated
for a given day, which represents an
unlikely scenario given that there is
likely both some temporal and spatial
separation between pile driving
operations within a day (when multiple
piles are driven), and that marine
mammals are mobile and would be
expected to move away from a sound
source before it reached a level that
would have the potential to result in
auditory injury. Inputs to the Optional
User Spreadsheet are shown in Tables 7
and 8. The resulting isopleth distances
to Level A harassment thresholds are
shown in Tables 9 and 10.
TABLE 7—INPUTS TO NMFS OPTIONAL USER SPREADSHEET (NMFS, 2018) TO CALCULATE ISOPLETH DISTANCES TO
LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR VIBRATORY DRIVING AND REMOVAL
Pile size (representative pile location)
Pile driving
duration
(hours)
within 24hour period
Source level
(RMS SPL)
10 in. (Neptune Power Cable Crossing
MP 13.84) .............................................
10 in. (Neptune Power Cable Crossing
MP 35.04) .............................................
24 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48) .............
24 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4) ..............
24 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59) .........
24 in. (MP 14.5) .......................................
36 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59) .........
36 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48) .............
36 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4) ..............
48 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48) .............
48 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4) ..............
48 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59) .........
60 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48) .............
60 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4) ..............
Pile removal
duration
(hours)
within 24hour period
Weighting
factor
adjustment
(kHz)
Propagation
(xLogR)
Distance of
source level
measurement
(m)
150
1.0
1.0
2.5
15
10
150
160
160
160
160
168
168
168
170
170
170
170
170
0.5
1.25
1.5
1.0
1.25
1.0
0.75
0.5
2.0
1.0
1.0
0.25
0.5
0.5
5.5
0.5
0.3
2.75
4
0.75
0.75
2.0
2.0
0.75
0.25
4.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Note: Tab A (‘‘Non Impulsive Static Continuous’’) in the NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet (NMFS, 2018) was used for all calculations for vibratory installation of piles.
TABLE 8—INPUTS TO NMFS OPTIONAL USER SPREADSHEET (NMFS, 2018) TO CALCULATE ISOPLETH DISTANCES TO
LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR IMPACT DRIVING
Pile size (representative pile location)
Source level
(RMS SPL)
36 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59) .........
60 in. (Ambrose West ..............................
Number of
strikes per pile
183
185
Number of
piles per day
2,500
3,382
Weighting
factor
adjustment
(kHz)
* 2/4
2
Propagation
(xLogR)
2
2
15
15
Distance of
source level
measurement
(m)
10
10
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
* The number of piles driven per day will vary based on the construction schedule, thus both scenarios (i.e., 2 and 4 piles driven per day) were
modeled.
Note: Tab E1 (‘‘Impact Pile Driving’’) in the NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet (NMFS, 2018) was used for all calculations for impact pile
driving.
NMFS has established Level B
harassment thresholds of 160 dB re1mPa
(rms) for impulsive sounds (e.g., impact
pile driving) and 120 dB re1mPa (rms)
for non-impulsive sounds (e.g.,
vibratory driving and removal). Based
on the predicted source levels
associated with various pile sizes (Table
5) the distances from the pile driving/
removal equipment to the Level B
harassment thresholds were calculated,
using the distance to the 160 dB
threshold for the diesel impact hammer
and the distance to the 120 dB threshold
for the vibratory device, at the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
representative pile locations (Table 6). It
should be noted that while sound levels
associated with the Level B harassment
threshold for vibratory driving/removal
were estimated to propagate as far as
21,544 m (13 mi) from pile installation
and removal activities based on
modeling, it is likely that the noise
produced from vibratory activities
associated with the project would be
masked by background noise before
reaching this distance, as the Port of
New York and New Jersey, which
represents the busiest port on the east
coast of the United States and the third
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
busiest port in the United States, is
located near the project area and sounds
from the port and from vessel traffic
propagate throughout the project area.
However, take estimates conservatively
assume propagation of project-related
noise to the full extent of the modeled
isopleth distance to the Level B
harassment threshold. The modeled
distances to isopleths associated with
Level B harassment thresholds for
impact and vibratory driving are shown
in Tables 9 and 10.
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45974
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 9—MODELED ISOPLETH DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR IMPACT AND
VIBRATORY PILE INSTALLATION
Lowfrequency
cetaceans
Impulsive ..................................................................................................
Non-Impulsive ..........................................................................................
Location/mile post
(MP)
Pile size
(inches)
HDD Morgan Offshore (MP 12.59) ....
Hammer
type
24
36
48
10
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP
13.84).
MP 14.5 to MP 16.5 ...........................
MP 28.0 to MP 29.36 .........................
HDD Ambrose West Side (MP 29.4)
24
34
24
36
48
60
HDD Ambrose East Side (MP 30.48)
24
36
48
60
34
MP 34.5 to MP 35.04 .........................
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP
35.04).
10
183 dB
199 dB
Midfrequency
cetaceans
185 dB
198 dB
Highfrequency
cetaceans
155 dB
173 dB
Phocid
seals
185 dB
201 dB
Distance to Level A harassment threshold (m) *
Cetaceans
and
phocids
160 dB
120 dB
Distance to
Level B
harassment
threshold
(m)
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Impact .........
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
5.9
20.0
4,635.2
27.2
1.3
0.5
1.8
164.9
2.4
0.1
8.7
29.6
5,521.3
40.2
1.9
3.6
12.2
2,480.6
16.5
0.8
4,641.6
15,848.9
1,584.9
21,544.3
1,000.0
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Impact .........
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Vibratory ......
Impact .........
Vibratory ......
6.8
20.0
7.7
12.6
27.2
17.1
4,855.2
6.8
16.5
43.2
10.8
12.6
2,920.0
0.8
0.6
1.8
0.7
1.1
2.4
1.5
172.7
0.6
1.5
3.8
1.0
1.1
103.9
0.1
10.1
29.6
11.3
18.6
40.2
25.3
5,783.3
10.1
24.4
63.8
16.0
18.6
3,478.2
1.2
4.1
12.2
4.7
7.7
16.5
10.4
2,598.3
4.1
10.0
26.2
6.6
7.7
1,562.7
0.5
4,641.6
15,848.9
4,641.6
15,848.9
21,544.3
21,544.3
2,154.4
4,641.6
15,848.9
21,544.3
21,544.3
15,848.9
1,584.9
1,000.0
* All distances shown are based on the SELcum metric. Distances to the peak SPL metric for impact driving were smaller than those for the
SELcum metric for all pile sizes and scenarios.
TABLE 10—MODELED ISOPLETH DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR VIBRATORY PILE
REMOVAL
Lowfrequency
cetaceans
Non-Impulsive ..........................................................................................
Location/mile post
(MP)
Pile size
(inches)
HDD Morgan Offshore (MP 12.59) ....
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP
13.84).
MP 14.5 to MP 16.5 ...........................
MP 28.0 to MP 29.36 .........................
HDD Ambrose West Side (MP 29.4)
HDD Ambrose East Side (MP 30.48)
MP 34.5 to MP 35.04 .........................
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP
35.04).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Hammer
type
199 dB
Midfrequency
cetaceans
198 dB
Highfrequency
cetaceans
173 dB
Phocid
seals
201 dB
Distance to Level A harassment threshold (m)
Cetaceans
and
phocids
120 dB
Distance to
Level B
harassment
threshold
(m)
24
36
48
10
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
......
......
......
......
2.6
50.4
22.4
1.3
0.2
4.5
2.0
0.1
3.9
74.5
33.2
1.9
1.6
30.6
13.6
0.8
4,641.6
15,848.9
21,544.3
1,000.0
24
34
24
36
48
60
24
36
48
60
34
10
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
Vibratory
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
11.5
41.6
3.7
16.5
43.2
68.5
18.3
16.5
43.2
10.8
12.6
0.8
1.0
3.7
0.3
1.5
3.8
6.1
1.6
1.5
3.8
1.0
1.1
0.1
17.0
61.5
5.5
24.4
63.8
101.3
27.0
24.4
63.8
16.0
18.6
1.2
7.0
25.3
2.2
10.0
26.2
41.6
11.1
10.0
26.2
6.6
7.7
0.5
4,641.6
15,848.9
4,641.6
15,848.9
21,544.3
21,544.3
4,641.6
15,848.9
21,544.3
21,544.3
15,848.9
1,000.0
Frm 00031
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the
information about the presence, density,
or group dynamics of marine mammals
that will inform the take calculations.
There are no marine mammal density
estimates for Raritan Bay. The best
available information regarding marine
mammal densities in the project area is
provided by habitat-based density
models produced by the Duke
University Marine Geospatial Ecology
Laboratory (Roberts et al., 2016, 2017,
2018). These density models were
originally developed for all cetacean
taxa in the U.S. Atlantic (Roberts et al.,
2016); more information, including the
model results and supplementary
information for each model, is available
at seamap.env.duke.edu/models/DukeEC-GOM-2015/. In subsequent years,
certain models have been updated on
the basis of additional data as well as
certain methodological improvements.
Although these updated models (and a
newly developed seal density model)
are not currently publicly available, our
evaluation of the changes leads to a
conclusion that these represent the best
scientific evidence available. Marine
mammal density estimates in the project
area (animals/km2) were obtained using
these model results (Roberts et al., 2016,
2017, 2018). As noted, the updated
models incorporate additional sighting
data, including sightings from the
NOAA Atlantic Marine Assessment
Program for Protected Species
(AMAPPS) surveys from 2010–2014
(NEFSC & SEFSC, 2011b, 2012, 2014a,
2014b, 2015, 2016). For each cetacean
species, density data for summer (June–
August) and fall (September, October,
November) were used to generate source
grids by averaging monthly densities
(see Figure 15 in the IHA application for
an example of one such source grid).
Since the source density grids do not
extend to Raritan Bay, the grids were
extrapolated to cover the bay and values
were pulled from the nearest grid cell to
assign density values to those empty
cells in order to approximate densities
in Raritan Bay (see Figure 16 in the IHA
application). The resulting density grid
was used to calculate take estimates of
marine mammals for pile installation
and removal activities. It should be
noted that this approach likely results in
conservative estimates of cetacean
density for the project area, as cetacean
densities in Raritan Bay are expected to
be lower than the densities in the areas
of the Atlantic Ocean from which the
densities were extrapolated (with the
exception of humpback whales, as
described below).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
For harbor seals and gray seals,
densities were first obtained from
Roberts et al. (2018), as described above
for cetacean densities. However,
because the pinniped data used in the
Roberts et al. (2018) density models
were derived from offshore aerial and
vessel surveys, the models did not
accurately represent the densities of
pinnipeds that would be expected in
Raritan Bay, as they underestimate
densities that would be expected closer
to shore which would be higher than
those offshore due to closer proximity to
haulouts. Thus, the extrapolation of
pinniped densities from Roberts et al.
(2018) to Raritan Bay resulted in
exposure estimates that were not
consistent with expectations of actual
pinniped densities based on the number
of opportunistic sightings reported in
the project area. There have been no
systematic studies focusing on seal
populations within Raritan Bay, Lower
New York Bay, or Sandy Hook Bay.
Therefore, pinniped densities were
estimated using systematic data
collected by Coastal Research and
Education Society of Long Island, Inc.
(CRESLI) from November 18, 2018, to
April 16, 2019, at Cupsogue Beach Park
in Westhampton Beach, NY (CRESLI,
2019).
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information
provided above is brought together to
produce a quantitative take estimate.
The following steps were performed to
estimate the potential numbers of
marine mammal exposures above Level
A and Level B harassment thresholds as
a result of the proposed activity:
1. Distances to isopleths
corresponding to Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds were calculated
for each pile size for vibratory and
impact installation and removal
activities at the representative pile
locations within the Project area, as
described above.
2. GIS analysis was then used,
incorporating these distance values and
a viewshed analysis (described below),
to calculate resulting ZOIs.
3. Species density estimations were
incorporated in the GIS analysis to
determine estimated number of daily
exposures.
4. Daily exposure estimates were
multiplied by the duration (days) of the
corresponding in-water construction
activity (based on pile size and
location).
As described above, the distances to
isopleths associated with Level A and
Level B harassment thresholds were
calculated for each pile size for
vibratory and impact installation and
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45975
removal activities (Tables 9 and 10).
These distances to relevant thresholds
were then incorporated into a GIS
analysis to analyze the relevant ZOIs
within which take of marine mammals
would be expected to occur. Given that
the proposed activity would occur in a
semi-enclosed bay, the modeled
distances to thresholds would in some
cases be truncated by land (i.e., the
sounds from the proposed activity
would not propagate to the full modeled
isopleth distances because of the
presence of land, which in some cases
is closer to the pile driving/removal
location than the total distances). A
viewshed analysis is a standard
technique used in GIS to determine
whether an area is visible from a
specific location (Kim et al., 2004). The
analysis uses an elevation value of two
points with direct line of sight to
determine the likelihood of seeing the
elevated point from the ground.
Incorporating the viewshed analysis
allowed GIS modeling of sound
propagation to replicate how sound
waves traveling through the water are
truncated when they encounter land.
GIS modeling used an artificial
elevation model setting the water to zero
(ground) and any land mass to 100
(elevated point) and focusing only on
areas within the Project area where
sound would propagate. Any land
within direct ‘line of sight’ to the sound
source would prevent the sound from
propagating farther. This method was
applied to each of the eight
representative pile locations. This
simple model does not account for
diffusion, which would be minimal
with large landmasses; therefore in the
model no sound bends around
landmasses. See Figure 9 in the IHA
application for an example of applying
the viewshed analysis to a single
representative pile location (HDD
Morgan Offshore).
A custom Python script was
developed to calculate potential
cetacean takes due to pile installation
and removal activities. The script
overlays the species-specific Level A
and Level B harassment ZOIs (each
clipped by the viewshed) for each pile
size and type at each of the
representative pile locations (Table 6),
over the density grid cells. The script
then multiplies the total density value
by the area of the ZOI, resulting in
initial take estimate outputs. The
following formulas were implemented
by the script for each species at each
representative pile location:
Initial Level A take estimate = ZOI * d
Initial Level B take estimate = ZOI * d
Where:
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45976
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
ZOI = the ensonified area at or above the
species-specific acoustic threshold,
clipped by the viewshed.
d = density estimate for each species within
the ZOI.
The initial take estimates were then
multiplied by the duration (days) of the
corresponding in-water construction
activity (based on pile size and
location). The following formulas
demonstrate this method:
Level A take estimate = initial take
estimate * X days of activity
Level B take estimate = initial take
estimate * X days of activity
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Where:
X days of activity = number of days for which
the corresponding in-water construction
activity occurs.
These numbers were then totaled to
provide estimates of the numbers of take
by Level A and Level B harassment for
each species. The exposure numbers
were rounded to the nearest whole
individual. As the construction
schedule has not yet been finalized, the
take calculations described above were
performed for two scenarios: (1) All
construction activities occurring during
summer 2020, and (2) installation
occurring during the summer and
removal in fall of 2020. To be
conservative, the higher take estimates
calculated between the two scenarios
were then carried forward in the
analysis.
Note that for bottlenose dolphins, the
density data presented by Roberts et al.
(2016) does not differentiate between
bottlenose dolphin stocks. Thus, the
take estimate for bottlenose dolphins
calculated by the method described
above resulted in an estimate of the total
of bottlenose dolphins expected to be
taken, from all stocks (for a total of
6,331 takes by Level B harassment).
However, as described above, both the
Western North Atlantic Northern
Migratory Coastal stock and the Western
North Atlantic Offshore stock have the
potential to occur in the project area. As
the project area represents the extreme
northern extent of the known range of
the Western North Atlantic Northern
Migratory Coastal stock, and as dolphins
from the Western North Atlantic
Northern Migratory Coastal stock have
never been documented in Raritan Bay,
we assume that 25 percent of bottlenose
dolphins taken would be from the North
Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
stock and the remaining 75 percent of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
bottlenose dolphins taken will be from
the Western North Atlantic Offshore
stock. Thus, we allocated 75 percent of
the total proposed authorized bottlenose
dolphin takes to the Western North
Atlantic Offshore stock (total 4,748 takes
by Level B harassment), and 25 percent
to the Western North Atlantic Northern
Migratory Coastal stock (total 1,583
takes by Level B harassment) (Table 11).
For humpback whales and harbor,
gray and harp seals, the methods used
to estimate take were slightly different
than the methodology described above.
For humpback whales, the steps above
resulted in zero exposures above the
Level B harassment threshold. However,
there are confirmed anecdotal sightings
of humpback whales within or near the
project area, indicating that potential
exposures above the Level B harassment
threshold may occur and therefore
should be accounted for. As the
exposure estimate method described
above resulted in zero exposures, other
methods for calculating take by Level B
harassment were applied. Brown et al.
(2018) reported 617 sightings of
humpback whales within the New York
Bight from 2011 to 2017. The total
number of sightings was divided by the
total number of years of surveys (n=6),
and this number was then divided by 12
months, to estimate a mean number of
whales per month. This number was
then multiplied by a conservative
number of months of pile driving and
removal activities (n=4) to estimate the
number of humpback whales that may
be taken Level B harassment (Table 11).
As described above, local survey data
represents the best available information
on abundance estimates for pinnipeds
in the project area. Estimates of take by
Level B harassment for gray and harbor
seals were calculated using systematic
data collected by CRESLI from
November 18, 2018, to April 16, 2019,
where a total of 2,689 harbor seals were
sighted at Cupsogue Beach Park. The
total number of sightings was divided
by the total number of survey months
(n=5) to get a mean number of
individual seals per month. This
number was then multiplied by a
conservative number of potential
months of pile driving and removal
activities (n=4) to estimate a total
number of seals (2,151) expected to be
taken over the duration of the proposed
project. To estimate the potential
number of gray seals and harbor seals
that may be taken, the ratio of harbor
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
seals (64 percent) versus gray seals (36
percent) was calculated based on
available density data. The data
presented by Roberts et al. (2018 does
not differentiate by seal species. Thus
the best available density information
on the ratio of gray to harbor seals
comes from the U.S. Navy’s OPAREA
Density Estimates (Halpin et al. 2009;
Navy 2007, 2012). The ratio of gray to
harbor seals in the OPAREA Density
Estimates was therefore applied to the
total number of seals estimated to be
taken (n=2,151), to estimate the total
number of gray and harbor seals
expected to be taken during the duration
of the proposed project. Based on this
approach, we propose to authorize the
incidental take of 1,377 harbor seals
(2,151 * 0.64) and 774 gray seals (2,151
* 0.36).
To calculate estimates of take by Level
A harassment for gray and harbor seals,
a ratio of take by Level A harassment
relative to take by Level B harassment
was calculated using the NODES data.
These estimates accounted for the
spatial extent of potential exposure to
noise that could result in Level A and
B harassment since they were based on
the ensonifed areas multiplied by the
NODES densities. Therefore, an
estimation of the potential exposure of
pinnipeds to Level A harassment as a
proportion of potential exposure of
pinnipeds to Level B harassment was
used to calculate a reasonable estimate
of Level A harassment takes using the
Level B harassment estimates. This ratio
was 0.009 for harbor seals and 0.008 for
gray seals; therefore, we propose to
authorize the take by Level A
harassment of 12 harbor seals (1,377 *
0.009) and 6 gray seals (774 * 0.008).
Due to lack of data and their rare
occurrence in the Mid-Atlantic region,
no densities for harp seals are available.
However, harp seals have been
documented along the southern coast of
Long Island during the winter, and a
recent pinniped UME has resulted in
increased strandings of harp seals on the
Atlantic coast. Because so few harp
seals have been documented in the
region of the project area, we estimate
that up to four harp seals (the total
number opportunistically observed at
Cupsogue Beach (CRESLI, 2008) could
enter the Level B harassment zone and
be taken by Level B harassment. Take
numbers proposed for authorization are
shown in Table 11.
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45977
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 11—TOTAL NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKES OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION
AND PROPOSED TAKES AS A PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION
Takes by
Level A
harassment
proposed for
authorization
Species
Fin whale .........................................................................................................
Humpback Whale ............................................................................................
Minke Whale ....................................................................................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ..............................................................................
Bottlenose Dolphin—Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
stock .............................................................................................................
Bottlenose Dolphin—Western North Atlantic Offshore stock ..........................
Common Dolphin .............................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ...............................................................................................
Gray seal .........................................................................................................
Harbor seal ......................................................................................................
Harp seal .........................................................................................................
Takes by
Level B
harassment
proposed for
authorization
Total takes
proposed for
authorization
Total takes
proposed for
authorization
as a percentage of stock
taken *
0
0
0
0
5
34
1
2
5
34
1
2
0.1
2.1
0.0
0.5
0
0
0
0
6
12
0
1,583
4,748
95
11
774
1,377
4
1,583
4,748
95
11
780
1,389
4
23.8
6.1
0.1
0.0
2.9
1.8
0.0
* Calculations of percentage of stock taken are based on the best available abundance estimate as shown in Table 2. For North Atlantic right
whales the best available abundance estimate is derived from the 2018 North Atlantic Right Whale Consortium 2018 Annual Report Card (Pettis
et al., 2018). For the pinniped species the best available abundance estimates are derived from the most recent NMFS Stock Assessment Reports. For all other species, the best available abundance estimates are derived from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018).
The take numbers we propose for
authorization are considered
conservative for the following reasons:
• Density estimates assume are
largely derived from adjacent grid-cells
that likely overestimate density in the
vicinity of the project area.
• Proposed Level A harassment take
numbers do not account for the
likelihood that marine mammals will
avoid a stimulus when possible before
that stimulus reaches a level that would
have the potential to result in injury;
and
• Proposed Level A harassment take
numbers do not account for the
effectiveness of proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures in reducing the
number of takes.
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for taking for
certain subsistence uses (latter not
applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for
incidental take authorizations to include
information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological)
of equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting such activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned),
and;
(2) The practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost and
impact on operations.
The mitigation strategies described
below are consistent with those required
and successfully implemented under
previous incidental take authorizations
issued in association with in-water
construction activities. Modeling was
performed to estimate zones of
influence (ZOI; see ‘‘Estimated Take’’);
these ZOI values were used to inform
mitigation measures for pile driving
activities to minimize Level A
harassment and Level B harassment to
the extent possible, while providing
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
estimates of the areas within which
Level B harassment might occur.
In addition to the specific measures
described later in this section, Transco
would conduct briefings for
construction supervisors and crews, the
marine mammal monitoring teams, and
Transco staff prior to the start of all pile
driving activity, and when new
personnel join the work, in order to
explain responsibilities, communication
procedures, the marine mammal
monitoring protocol, and operational
procedures.
Pre-Clearance Zones
Transco would use Protected Species
Observers (PSOs) to establish preclearance zones around the pile driving
equipment to ensure these zones are
clear of marine mammals prior to the
start of pile driving. The purpose of
‘‘clearance’’ of a particular zone is to
prevent potential instances of auditory
injury and potential instances of more
severe behavioral disturbance as a result
of exposure to pile driving noise
(serious injury or death are unlikely
outcomes even in the absence of
mitigation measures) by delaying the
activity before it begins if marine
mammals are detected within certain
pre-defined distances of the pile driving
equipment. The primary goal in this
case is to prevent auditory injury (Level
A harassment), and the proposed preclearance zones are larger than the
modeled distances to the isopleths
corresponding to Level A harassment
(based on peak SPL) for all marine
mammal functional hearing groups.
These zones vary depending on species
and are shown in Table 12. All
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45978
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
distances to pre-clearance zones are the
radius from the center of the pile being
driven.
TABLE 12—PROPOSED PRE-CLEARANCE ZONES DURING TRANSCO PILE
DRIVING AND REMOVAL ACTIVITIES
Species
Clearance
zone
North Atlantic right whale ......
Fin and humpback whale ......
All other marine mammal
species.
Any distance.
1,000 m.
100 m.
If a marine mammal is observed
approaching or entering the relevant
pre-clearance zones prior to the start of
pile driving operations, pile driving
activity would be delayed until either
the marine mammal has voluntarily left
the respective clearance zone and been
visually confirmed beyond that zone, or,
30 minutes have elapsed without redetection of the animal.
Prior to the start of pile driving
activity, the pre-clearance zones will be
monitored for 30 minutes to ensure that
they are clear of the relevant species of
marine mammals. Pile driving would
only commence once PSOs have
declared the respective pre-clearance
zones clear of marine mammals. Marine
mammals observed within a preclearance zone will be allowed to
remain in the pre-clearance zone (i.e.,
must leave of their own volition), and
their behavior will be monitored and
documented. The pre-clearance zones
(to a distance of 1,000 m) may only be
declared clear, and pile driving started,
when the entire pre-clearance zones are
visible (i.e., when not obscured by dark,
rain, fog, etc.) for a full 30 minutes prior
to pile driving.
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Soft Start
The use of a soft start procedure is
believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by
warning marine mammals or providing
them with a chance to leave the area
prior to the hammer operating at full
capacity, and typically involves a
requirement to initiate sound from the
hammer at reduced energy followed by
a waiting period. Transco will utilize
soft start techniques for impact pile
driving by performing an initial set of
three strikes from the impact hammer at
a reduced energy level followed by a
thirty second waiting period. The soft
start process would be conducted a total
of three times prior to driving each pile
(e.g., three strikes followed by a thirty
second delay, then three additional
single strikes followed by a thirty
second delay, then a final set of three
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
strikes followed by an additional thirty
second delay). Soft start would be
required at the beginning of each day’s
impact pile driving work and at any
time following a cessation of impact pile
driving of thirty minutes or longer.
Shutdown
The purpose of a shutdown is to
prevent some undesirable outcome,
such as auditory injury or behavioral
disturbance of sensitive species, by
halting the activity. If a marine mammal
is observed entering or within the
shutdown zones after pile driving has
begun, the PSO will request a temporary
cessation of pile driving. Transco has
proposed that, when called for by a
PSO, shutdown of pile driving would be
implemented when feasible. However, if
a shutdown is called for before a pile
has been driven to a sufficient depth to
allow for pile stability, then for safety
reasons the pile would need to be
driven to a sufficient depth to allow for
stability and a shutdown would not be
feasible until after that depth was
reached. We therefore propose that
shutdown would be implemented when
feasible. If shutdown is called for by a
PSO, and Transco determines a
shutdown to be technically feasible, pile
driving would be halted immediately.
After shutdown, pile driving may be
initiated once all clearance zones are
clear of marine mammals for the
minimum species-specific time periods,
or, if required to maintain installation
feasibility. For North Atlantic right
whales, shutdown would occur when a
right whale is observed by PSOs at any
distance, and a shutdown zone of 85 m
(279 ft) would be implemented for all
other species (Table 13). The 500 m
zone is proposed as a protective
measure to avoid takes by Level A
harassment, and potentially some takes
by Level B harassment, of North
Atlantic right whales. The 85 m zone
was calculated based on the distance to
the Level A harassment threshold based
on the peak sound pressure metric (202
dB re 1m Pa) for a 66-inch steel pile, plus
an additional 50 m (164-ft) buffer.
TABLE 13—PROPOSED SHUTDOWN
ZONES DURING TRANSCO PILE DRIVING AND REMOVAL ACTIVITIES
Species
Shutdown
zone
North Atlantic right whale ......
All other marine mammal
species.
Any distance.
85 m.
Visibility Requirements
All in-water construction and removal
activities would be conducted during
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
daylight hours, no earlier than 30
minutes after sunrise and no later than
30 minutes before sunset. Pile driving
would not be initiated at night, or, when
the full extent of all relevant clearance
zones cannot be confirmed to be clear of
marine mammals, as determined by the
lead PSO on duty. The clearance zones
may only be declared clear, and pile
driving started, when the full extent of
all clearance zones are visible (i.e.,
when not obscured by dark, rain, fog,
etc.) for a full 30 minutes prior to pile
driving.
Monitoring Protocols
Monitoring would be conducted
before, during, and after pile driving
activities. In addition, observers will
record all incidents of marine mammal
occurrence, regardless of distance from
the construction activity, and monitors
will document any behavioral reactions
in concert with distance from piles
being driven. Observations made
outside the shutdown zones will not
result in delay of pile driving; that pile
segment may be completed without
cessation, unless the marine mammal
approaches or enters the shutdown
zone, at which point pile driving
activities would be halted when
practicable, as described above. Pile
driving activities include the time to
install a single pile or series of piles, as
long as the time elapsed between uses
of the pile driving equipment is no more
than 30 minutes.
The following additional measures
apply to visual monitoring:
(1) A minimum of two PSOs would be
on duty at all times during pile driving
and removal activity;
(2) Monitoring would be conducted
by qualified, trained PSOs. One PSO
would be stationed on the construction
barge and one on an escort boat, during
impact and vibratory pile installation
and removal. The escort boat location
would shift depending on work
location, but will be a minimum of 100
to 200 m (328 to 656 ft) from the piledriving location, depending on the site
and the ensonification area associated
with that specific pile-driving scenario;
(3) PSOs may not exceed four
consecutive watch hours; must have a
minimum two-hour break between
watches; and may not exceed a
combined watch schedule of more than
12 hours in a 24-hour period;
(4) Monitoring will be conducted from
30 minutes prior to commencement of
pile driving, throughout the time
required to drive a pile, and for 30
minutes following the conclusion of pile
driving;
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
(5) PSOs will have no other
construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring; and
(6) PSOs would have the following
minimum qualifications:
• Visual acuity in both eyes
(correction is permissible) sufficient for
discernment of moving targets at the
water’s surface with ability to estimate
target size and distance; use of
binoculars may be necessary to correctly
identify the target;
• Ability to conduct field
observations and collect data according
to assigned protocols;
• Experience or training in the field
identification of marine mammals,
including the identification of
behaviors;
• Sufficient training, orientation, or
experience with the construction
operation to provide for personal safety
during observations;
• Writing skills sufficient to
document observations including, but
not limited to: The number and species
of marine mammals observed; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were conducted; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were suspended to avoid
potential incidental injury of marine
mammals from construction noise
within a defined shutdown zone; and
marine mammal behavior; and
• Ability to communicate orally, by
radio or in person, with project
personnel to provide real-time
information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
PSOs employed by Transco in
satisfaction of the mitigation and
monitoring requirements described
herein must meet the following
additional requirements:
• Independent observers (i.e., not
construction personnel) are required;
• At least one observer must have
prior experience working as an observer;
• Other observers may substitute
education (degree in biological science
or related field) or training for
experience;
• One observer will be designated as
lead observer or monitoring coordinator.
The lead observer must have prior
experience working as an observer; and
• NMFS will require submission and
approval of observer CVs.
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Vessel Strike Avoidance
Vessel strike avoidance measures will
include, but are not limited to, the
following, except under circumstances
when complying with these measures
would put the safety of the vessel or
crew at risk:
• All vessel operators and crew must
maintain vigilant watch for cetaceans
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop
their vessel to avoid striking these
protected species;
• All vessels must travel at 10 knots
(18.5 km/hr) or less within any
designated Dynamic Management Area
(DMA) for North Atlantic right whales;
• All vessels greater than or equal to
65 ft (19.8 m) in overall length will
comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or
less speed restriction in any Seasonal
Management Area (SMA) for North
Atlantic right whales per the NOAA
ship strike reduction rule (73 FR 60173;
October 10, 2008);
• All vessel operators will reduce
vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or
less when any large whale, any mother/
calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of
non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed
near (within 100 m (330 ft)) an
underway vessel;
• All survey vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 500 m (1640 ft) or
greater from any sighted North Atlantic
right whale;
• If underway, vessels must steer a
course away from any sighted North
Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5
km/hr) or less until the 500 m (1640 ft)
minimum separation distance has been
established. If a North Atlantic right
whale is sighted in a vessel’s path, or
within 500 m (330 ft) to an underway
vessel, the underway vessel must reduce
speed and shift the engine to neutral.
Engines will not be engaged until the
right whale has moved outside of the
vessel’s path and beyond 500 m. If
stationary, the vessel must not engage
engines until the North Atlantic right
whale has moved beyond 500 m;
• All vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 100 m (330 ft) or
greater from any sighted non-delphinoid
cetacean. If sighted, the vessel
underway must reduce speed and shift
the engine to neutral, and must not
engage the engines until the nondelphinoid cetacean has moved outside
of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m.
If a vessel is stationary, the vessel will
not engage engines until the nondelphinoid cetacean has moved out of
the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m;
• All vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or
greater from any sighted delphinoid
cetacean, with the exception of
delphinoid cetaceans that voluntarily
approach the vessel (i.e., bow ride). Any
vessel underway must remain parallel to
a sighted delphinoid cetacean’s course
whenever possible, and avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction.
Any vessel underway must reduce
vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or
less when pods (including mother/calf
pairs) or large assemblages of
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45979
delphinoid cetaceans are observed.
Vessels may not adjust course and speed
until the delphinoid cetaceans have
moved beyond 50 m and/or the abeam
of the underway vessel;
• All vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or
greater from any sighted pinniped; and
• All vessels underway will not
divert or alter course in order to
approach any whale, delphinoid
cetacean, or pinniped. Any vessel
underway will avoid excessive speed or
abrupt changes in direction to avoid
injury to the sighted cetacean or
pinniped.
Transco will ensure that vessel
operators and crew maintain a vigilant
watch for marine mammals by slowing
down or stopping the vessel to avoid
striking marine mammals. Projectspecific training will be conducted for
all vessel crew prior to the start of the
construction activities. Confirmation of
the training and understanding of the
requirements will be documented on a
training course log sheet.
We have carefully evaluated Transco’s
proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in
the context of ensuring that we
prescribed the means of effecting the
least practicable adverse impact on the
affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Based on our
evaluation of these measures, we have
preliminarily determined that the
proposed mitigation measures provide
the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on marine
mammal species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stock for
subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
45980
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density);
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas);
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors;
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat); and
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Visual Marine Mammal Observations
Transco will collect sighting data and
behavioral responses to pile driving
activity for marine mammal species
observed in the region of activity during
the period of activity. All observers will
be trained in marine mammal
identification and behaviors and are
required to have no other constructionrelated tasks while conducting
monitoring. PSOs would monitor all
clearance zones at all times. PSOs
would also monitor Level B harassment
zones and would document any marine
mammals observed within these zones,
to the extent practicable (noting that
some distances to these zones are too
large to fully observe). Transco would
conduct monitoring before, during, and
after pile driving and removal, with
observers located at the best practicable
vantage points.
Transco would implement the
following monitoring procedures:
• A minimum of two PSOs will
maintain watch at all times when pile
driving or removal is underway;
• PSOs would be located at the best
possible vantage point(s) to ensure that
they are able to observe the entire
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
clearance zones and as much of the
Level B harassment zone as possible;
• During all observation periods,
PSOs will use binoculars and the naked
eye to search continuously for marine
mammals;
• If the clearance zones are obscured
by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile
driving will not be initiated until
clearance zones are fully visible. Should
such conditions arise while impact
driving is underway, the activity would
be halted when practicable, as described
above; and
• The clearance zones will be
monitored for the presence of marine
mammals before, during, and after all
pile driving activity.
Individuals implementing the
monitoring protocol will assess its
effectiveness using an adaptive
approach. PSOs will use their best
professional judgment throughout
implementation and seek improvements
to these methods when deemed
appropriate. Any modifications to the
protocol will be coordinated between
NMFS and Transco.
an animal has remained in the area
during construction activities.
Data Collection
We require that observers use
standardized data forms. Among other
pieces of information, Transco will
record detailed information about any
implementation of delays or shutdowns,
including the distance of animals to the
pile and a description of specific actions
that ensued and resulting behavior of
the animal, if any. We require that, at a
minimum, the following information be
collected on the sighting forms:
• Date and time that monitored
activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring
during each observation period;
• Weather parameters (e.g., wind
speed, percent cloud cover, visibility);
• Water conditions (e.g., sea state,
tide state);
• Species, numbers, and, if possible,
sex and age class of marine mammals;
• Description of any observable
marine mammal behavior patterns,
including bearing and direction of travel
and distance from pile driving activity;
• Distance from pile driving activities
to marine mammals and distance from
the marine mammals to the observation
point;
• Type of construction activity (e.g.,
impact or vibratory driving/removal)
when marine mammals are observed.
• Description of implementation of
mitigation measures (e.g., delay or
shutdown).
• Locations of all marine mammal
observations; and
• Other human activity in the area.
Transco would note behavioral
observations, to the extent practicable, if
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’s implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
Reporting
A draft report would be submitted to
NMFS within 90 days of the completion
of monitoring for each installation’s inwater work window. The report would
include marine mammal observations
pre-activity, during-activity, and postactivity during pile driving days, and
would also provide descriptions of any
behavioral responses to construction
activities by marine mammals. The
report would detail the monitoring
protocol, summarize the data recorded
during monitoring including an estimate
of the number of marine mammals that
may have been harassed during the
period of the report, and describe any
mitigation actions taken (i.e., delays or
shutdowns due to detections of marine
mammals, and documentation of when
shutdowns were called for but not
implemented and why). A final report
must be submitted within 30 days
following resolution of comments on the
draft report.
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
Pile driving and removal activities
associated with the proposed project, as
described previously, have the potential
to disturb or temporarily displace
marine mammals. Specifically, the
specified activities may result in take, in
the form of Level A harassment
(potential injury) or Level B harassment
(potential behavioral disturbance) from
underwater sounds generated from pile
driving and removal. Potential takes
could occur if individual marine
mammals are present in the ensonified
zone when pile driving and removal is
occurring. To avoid repetition, the our
analyses apply to all the species listed
in Table 1, given that the anticipated
effects of the proposed project on
different marine mammal species and
stocks are expected to be similar in
nature.
Impact pile driving has source
characteristics (short, sharp pulses with
higher peak levels and sharper rise time
to reach those peaks) that are potentially
injurious or more likely to produce
severe behavioral reactions. However,
modeling indicates there is limited
potential for injury even in the absence
of the proposed mitigation measures,
with most species predicted to
experience no Level A harassment based
on modeling results. In addition, the
potential for injury is expected to be
greatly minimized through
implementation of the proposed
mitigation measures including soft start
and the implementation of clearance
zones that would facilitate a delay of
pile driving if marine mammals were
observed approaching or within areas
that could be ensonified above sound
levels that could result in auditory
injury. Given sufficient notice through
use of soft start, marine mammals are
expected to move away from a sound
source that is annoying prior to its
becoming potentially injurious or
resulting in more severe behavioral
reactions.
We expect that any exposures above
the Level A harassment threshold would
be in the form of slight PTS, i.e. minor
degradation of hearing capabilities
within regions of hearing that align most
completely with the energy produced by
pile driving (i.e. the low-frequency
region below 2 kHz), not severe hearing
impairment. If hearing impairment
occurs, it is most likely that the affected
animal would lose a few decibels in its
hearing sensitivity, which in most cases
is not likely to meaningfully affect its
ability to forage and communicate with
conspecifics. However, given sufficient
notice through use of soft start, marine
mammals are expected to move away
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
from a sound source that is annoying
prior to its becoming potentially
injurious or resulting in more severe
behavioral reactions.
Additionally, the numbers of
exposures above the Level A harassment
proposed for authorization are very low
for all marine mammal stocks and
species: For 9 of 11 stocks, we propose
to authorize no takes by Level A
harassment; for the remaining two
stocks we propose to authorize no more
than 12 takes by Level A harassment. As
described above, we expect that marine
mammals would be likely to move away
from a sound source that represents an
aversive stimulus, especially at levels
that would be expected to result in PTS,
given sufficient notice through use of
soft start, thereby minimizing the degree
of PTS that would be incurred. No
serious injury or mortality of any marine
mammal stocks are anticipated or
proposed for authorization. Serious
injury or mortality as a result of the
proposed activities would not be
expected even in the absence of the
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures.
Repeated exposures of individuals to
relatively low levels of sound outside of
preferred habitat areas are unlikely to
significantly disrupt critical behaviors.
Thus, even repeated Level B harassment
of some small subset of an overall stock
is unlikely to result in any significant
realized decrease in viability for the
affected individuals, and thus would
not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole. Instances of more
severe behavioral harassment are
expected to be minimized by proposed
mitigation and monitoring measures.
Effects on individuals that are taken by
Level B harassment, on the basis of
reports in the literature as well as
monitoring from other similar activities,
will likely be limited to reactions such
as increased swimming speeds,
increased surfacing time, or decreased
foraging (if such activity were occurring)
(e.g., Thorson and Reyff, 2006; HDR,
Inc., 2012; Lerma, 2014). Most likely,
individuals will simply move away
from the sound source and temporarily
avoid the area where pile driving is
occurring. Therefore, we expect that
animals disturbed by project sound
would simply avoid the area during pile
driving in favor of other, similar
habitats. We expect that any avoidance
of the project area by marine mammals
would be temporary in nature and that
any marine mammals that avoid the
project area during construction
activities would not be permanently
displaced.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be
significantly impacted, as prey species
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45981
are mobile and are broadly distributed
throughout the project area; therefore,
marine mammals that may be
temporarily displaced during
construction activities are expected to
be able to resume foraging once they
have moved away from areas with
disturbing levels of underwater noise.
Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of
similar habitat and resources in the
surrounding area, the impacts to marine
mammals and the food sources that they
utilize are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals or their
populations. There are no areas of
notable biological significance for
marine mammal feeding known to exist
in the project area. In addition, there are
no rookeries, mating areas, calving areas
or migratory areas known to be
biologically important to marine
mammals within the proposed project
area.
NMFS concludes that exposures to
marine mammals due to the proposed
project would result in only short-term
effects to individuals exposed. Marine
mammals may temporarily avoid the
immediate area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. Impacts
to breeding, feeding, sheltering, resting,
or migration are not expected, nor are
shifts in habitat use, distribution, or
foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate the marine mammal takes
that would result from the proposed
project would impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival.
As described above, north Atlantic
right, humpback, and minke whales,
and gray, harbor and harp seals are
experiencing ongoing UMEs. For North
Atlantic right whales, as described
above, no injury as a result of the
proposed project is expected or
proposed for authorization, and Level B
harassment takes of right whales are
expected to be in the form of avoidance
of the immediate area of construction. In
addition, the number of exposures
above the Level B harassment threshold
are minimal (i.e., 2). As no injury or
mortality is expected or proposed for
authorization, and Level B harassment
of North Atlantic right whales will be
reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through use of proposed
mitigation measures, the proposed
authorized takes of right whales would
not exacerbate or compound the
ongoing UME in any way. For minke
whales, although the ongoing UME is
under investigation (as occurs for all
UMEs), this event does not provide
cause for concern regarding population
level impacts, as the likely population
abundance is greater than 20,000
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
45982
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
whales. Even though the PBR value is
based on an abundance for U.S. waters
that is negatively biased and a small
fraction of the true population
abundance, annual M/SI does not
exceed the calculated PBR value for
minke whales. With regard to humpback
whales, the UME does not yet provide
cause for concern regarding populationlevel impacts. Despite the UME, the
relevant population of humpback
whales (the West Indies breeding
population, or distinct population
segment (DPS)) remains healthy. The
West Indies DPS, which consists of the
whales whose breeding range includes
the Atlantic margin of the Antilles from
Cuba to northern Venezuela, and whose
feeding range primarily includes the
Gulf of Maine, eastern Canada, and
western Greenland, was delisted. The
status review identified harmful algal
blooms, vessel collisions, and fishing
gear entanglements as relevant threats
for this DPS, but noted that all other
threats are considered likely to have no
or minor impact on population size or
the growth rate of this DPS (Bettridge et
al., 2015). As described in Bettridge et
al. (2015), the West Indies DPS has a
substantial population size (i.e.,
approximately 10,000; Stevick et al.,
2003; Smith et al., 1999; Bettridge et al.,
2015), and appears to be experiencing
consistent growth.
With regard to gray seals, harbor seals
and harp seals, although the ongoing
UME is under investigation, the UME
does not yet provide cause for concern
regarding population-level impacts to
any of these stocks. For harbor seals, the
population abundance is over 75,000
and annual M/SI (345) is well below
PBR (2,006) (Hayes et al., 2018). For
gray seals, the population abundance is
over 27,000, and abundance is likely
increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ and
in Canada (Hayes et al., 2018). For harp
seals, the current population trend in
U.S. waters is unknown, as is PBR
(Hayes et al., 2018), however the
population abundance is over 7 million
seals, suggesting that the UME is
unlikely to result in population-level
impacts (Hayes et al., 2018).
Proposed authorized takes by Level A
harassment for all species are very low
(i.e., no more than 12 takes by Level A
harassment proposed for any of these
species) and as described above, any
Level A harassment would be expected
to be in the form of slight PTS, i.e.
minor degradation of hearing
capabilities which is not likely to
meaningfully affect the ability to forage
or communicate with conspecifics. No
serious injury or mortality is expected
or proposed for authorization, and Level
B harassment of North Atlantic right,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
humpback and minke whales and gray,
harbor and harp seals will be reduced to
the level of least practicable adverse
impact through use of proposed
mitigation measures. As such, the
proposed authorized takes of North
Atlantic right, humpback and minke
whales and gray, harbor and harp seals
would not exacerbate or compound the
ongoing UMEs in any way.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
not expected to adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality or serious injury is
anticipated or proposed for
authorization;
• The anticipated impacts of the
proposed activity on marine mammals
would be temporary behavioral changes
due to avoidance of the project area and
limited instances of Level A harassment
in the form of a slight PTS for two
marine mammal stocks;
• Potential instances of exposure
above the Level A harassment threshold
are expected to be relatively low for
most species; any potential for
exposures above the Level A harassment
threshold would be minimized by
proposed mitigation measures including
clearance zones;
• Total proposed authorized takes as
a percentage of population are low for
all species and stocks (i.e., less than 24
percent for one stock and less than 7
percent for the remaining 10 stocks);
• The availability of alternate areas of
similar habitat value for marine
mammals to temporarily vacate the
project area during the proposed project
to avoid exposure to sounds from the
activity;
• Effects on species that serve as prey
species for marine mammals from the
proposed project are expected to be
short-term and are not expected to result
in significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals, or to
contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations;
• There are no known important
feeding, breeding, calving or migratory
areas in the project area.
• The proposed mitigation measures,
including visual and acoustic
monitoring, clearance zones, and soft
start, are expected to minimize potential
impacts to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of
the MMPA for specified activities other
than military readiness activities. The
MMPA does not define small numbers
and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares
the number of individuals taken to the
most appropriate estimation of
abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether
an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities.
We propose to authorize incidental
take of 11 marine mammal stocks. The
total amount of taking proposed for
authorization is less than 24 percent for
one of these stocks, and less than 7
percent for all remaining stocks (Table
11), which we consider to be relatively
small percentages and we preliminarily
find are small numbers of marine
mammals relative to the estimated
overall population abundances for those
stocks.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population size of
all affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of the affected marine mammal stocks or
species implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has determined that
the total taking of affected species or
stocks would not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 170 / Tuesday, September 3, 2019 / Notices
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take
of North Atlantic right whales and fin
whales, which are listed under the ESA.
The NMFS Office of Protected
Resources has requested initiation of
Section 7 consultation with the NMFS
Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries
Office for the issuance of this IHA.
NMFS will conclude the ESA
consultation prior to reaching a
determination regarding the proposed
issuance of the authorization.
khammond on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to Transco for conducting
construction activities in Raritan Bay for
a period of one year, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated. A draft of the
proposed IHA can be found at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this Notice of Proposed
IHA for the proposed action. We also
request at this time comment on the
potential renewal of this proposed IHA
as described in the paragraph below.
Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform decisions on the request for
this IHA or a subsequent Renewal.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-year IHA renewal with an
additional 15 days for public comments
when (1) another year of identical or
nearly identical activities as described
in the Specified Activities section of
this notice is planned or (2) the
activities as described in the Specified
Activities section of this notice would
not be completed by the time the IHA
expires and a Renewal would allow for
completion of the activities beyond that
described in the Dates and Duration
section of this notice, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to expiration of
the current IHA.
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted under the requested
Renewal are identical to the activities
analyzed under the initial IHA, are a
subset of the activities, or include
changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:24 Aug 30, 2019
Jkt 247001
size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and
monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of
reducing the type or amount of take
because only a subset of the initially
analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal).
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized.
• Upon review of the request for
Renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
Dated: August 28, 2019.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2019–18931 Filed 8–30–19; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XR009
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental
to Specific Activities; Taking of Marine
Mammals Incidental to Pile Driving
Activities During Construction of a
Ferry Terminal at Seaplane Lagoon,
Alameda Point, San Francisco,
California
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; issuance of an incidental
harassment authorization.
AGENCY:
In accordance with the
regulations implementing the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) as
amended, notification is hereby given
that NMFS has issued an incidental
harassment authorization (IHA) to the
City of Alameda (City) to incidentally
harass, by Level A and B harassment
only, marine mammals during pile
driving and removal activities during
construction of a ferry terminal at
Seaplane Lagoon, Alameda Point, San
Francisco, California.
DATES: This Authorization is effective
from August 20, 2019 through August
19, 2020.
SUMMARY:
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
45983
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Stephanie Egger, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth.
Summary of Request
On February 22, 2019, NMFS received
a request from the City for an IHA to
take marine mammals incidental to pile
driving activities during construction of
a ferry terminal in Seaplane Lagoon,
Alameda, California. The application
was deemed adequate and complete on
June 28, 2019. The applicant’s request
was for take seven species of marine
mammals by Level B harassment only.
Neither the City nor NMFS expects
serious injury or mortality to result from
E:\FR\FM\03SEN1.SGM
03SEN1
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 84, Number 170 (Tuesday, September 3, 2019)]
[Notices]
[Pages 45955-45983]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2019-18931]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XF505
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction Activities Associated
With the Raritan Bay Pipeline
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from Transcontinental Gas Pipe
Line Company, LLC (Transco), a subsidiary of Williams Partners L.P., to
take marine mammals incidental to construction activities associated
with the Raritan Bay Pipeline. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection
Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an
incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine
mammals during the specified activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-year renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end of this notice. NMFS will
consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the
issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will
be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than October
3, 2019.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments
should be sent to [email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the
public record and will generally be posted online at
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the
contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
[[Page 45956]]
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable MMPA statutory terms cited above
are included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must evaluate our proposed action (i.e., the promulgation of
regulations and subsequent issuance of incidental take authorization)
and alternatives with respect to potential impacts on the human
environment.
This action is consistent with categories of activities identified
in Categorical Exclusion B4 of the Companion Manual for NAO 216-6A,
which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for
significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for
which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would
preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the proposed action qualifies to be
categorically excluded from further NEPA review.
Information in Transco's application and this notice collectively
provide the environmental information related to proposed issuance of
these regulations and subsequent incidental take authorization for
public review and comment. We will review all comments submitted in
response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making
a final decision on the request for incidental take authorization.
Summary of Request
On February 7, 2019, NMFS received a request from Transco for an
IHA to take marine mammals incidental to construction activities
associated with the Raritan Bay Loop pipeline offshore of New York and
New Jersey. Transco submitted a revised version of the application on
May 23, 2019, and this application was deemed adequate and complete.
Transco's request is for take of 10 species of marine mammals by
harassment. Neither Transco nor NMFS expects serious injury or
mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is
appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Transco, a subsidiary of Williams Partners L.P., is proposing to
expand its existing interstate natural gas pipeline system in
Pennsylvania and New Jersey and its existing offshore natural gas
pipeline system in New Jersey and New York waters. The Northeast Supply
Enhancement Project would consist of several components, including
offshore pipeline facilities in New Jersey and New York. The proposed
offshore pipeline facilities would include the Raritan Bay Loop
pipeline, which would be located primarily in Raritan Bay, as well as
parts of the Lower New York Bay and the Atlantic Ocean.
Construction of the Raritan Bay Loop pipeline would require pile
installation and removal, using both impact and vibratory pile driving,
which may result in the incidental take of marine mammals. Transco
would install and remove a total of 163 piles, which would range in
size from 10 to 60 inches in diameter, using a vibratory device and/or
diesel impact hammer. These piles would be temporary; they would remain
in the water only for the duration of each related offshore
construction activity. Once offshore construction of the project is
complete, all piles installed by Transco would be removed.
Dates and Duration
In-water construction is anticipated to occur between the 2nd
quarter of 2020 and the 4th quarter of 2020. Pile installation and
removal activities are planned to occur from June through August 2020.
However the timeframe for pile removal may occur in fall 2020. Pile
installation and removal activities are expected to take a total of
65.5 days.
Specific Geographic Region
Transco's proposed activity would occur in the waters of Raritan
Bay, the Lower New York Bay, and the Atlantic Ocean (see Figure 1 in
the IHA application). The Project area is located in the greater New
York Bight region. The New York Bight is a triangular-shaped area of
the continental shelf generally bounded by Montauk Point on eastern
Long Island, Cape May in southern New Jersey, and the open shallows of
the Atlantic Ocean. The depth of water in the area averages about 27
meters (m) (90 feet (ft)), except in the northwest-southeast-trending
Hudson Canyon, which has depths in excess of 73 m (240 ft) (Ketchem et
al. 1951). The New York Bight refers to the bend, or curve, in the
shoreline of the open coast and great expanse of shallow ocean between
Long Island and the New Jersey coast. Water depths exceed 30 m (100 ft)
approximately 80 kilometers (km) (50 statute miles) offshore.
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Transco is proposing to expand its existing interstate natural gas
pipeline system in Pennsylvania and New Jersey and its existing
offshore natural gas pipeline system in New Jersey and New York waters
with the goal of providing an additional 400,000 dekatherms per day
capacity to its customers. To provide this additional capacity, Transco
proposes to expand portions of its system from an existing Compressor
Station in York County, Pennsylvania, to the Rockaway Transfer Point in
New York State waters, which represents the interconnection point
between Transco's existing Lower New York Bay Lateral and the existing
offshore Rockaway Delivery Lateral (RDL). The proposed project would
consist of several components, including onshore pipeline facilities in
Pennsylvania and New Jersey and offshore pipeline facilities in New
Jersey and New York. Only the offshore pipeline components of the
project have the potential to result in the take of marine mammals,
thus the onshore components of the project are not analyzed further in
this document.
Transco's proposed offshore pipeline facilities include the Raritan
Bay Loop pipeline, which would be located primarily in Raritan Bay as
well as parts of the Lower New York Bay and the Atlantic Ocean. The
Raritan Bay Loop would begin at the onshore connection
[[Page 45957]]
with the Madison Loop in Middlesex, New Jersey (see Figure 1 in the IHA
application). The offshore portion of the Raritan Bay Loop would extend
from the Sayreville shoreline approximately 37.6 km (23.3 mi) across
Raritan Bay and Lower New York Bay to the Rockaway Transfer Point,
which is the interconnection point with the RDL in New York State
waters in the Atlantic Ocean, approximately 4.8 km (3 mi) seaward of
Rockaway, New York. Approximately 9.6 km (6.0 mi) of the offshore
portion of the Raritan Bay Loop route would cross New Jersey waters,
while the remaining 28 km (17.4 mi) would cross New York waters. The
Raritan Bay Loop would cross a continuous expanse of open marine and
estuarine waters in New Jersey and New York, which consists of three
major contiguous waterbodies, including Raritan Bay, Lower New York
Bay, and the Atlantic Ocean (See Figures 1 and 2 in the IHA
application). This area is part of the coastal region known as the New
York Bight.
Construction of the Raritan Bay Loop pipeline would require the
installation of 163 piles, ranging in size from 10 to 60 inches in
diameter, using a vibratory device and/or diesel impact hammer. Impact
pile drivers are piston-type drivers that use various means to lift a
piston to a desired height and drop the piston against the head of the
pile in order to drive it into the substrate (Caltrans, 2015). Diesel
impact hammers would be used to install approximately 34 steel piles
(Table 1). A vibratory device uses spinning counterweights, causing the
pile to vibrate at a high speed. The vibrating pile causes the soil
underneath it to ``liquefy'' and allow the pile to move easily into or
out of the sediment. Vibratory devices generally have source levels 10
to 20 decibels (dB) lower than impact devices, so their use is
considered a means to reduce overall underwater sound when pile driving
is necessary for a project and suitable sediment conditions exist
(Caltrans, 2015). Vibratory devices would be used to install and remove
approximately 163 steel pipe piles (Table 1). Note that some piles
would require both impact and vibratory installation.
The total time to install a pile is dependent on the installation
method (vibratory or impact), diameter of the pile, substrate
composition, and depth the pile needs to penetrate through the
substrate. For pile installation of 0.9- to 1.5-m (34- to 60-in) piles
using a diesel impact hammer, the estimated time is 38 to 62 minutes
per pile. For pile installation of 0.3- to 1.5-m (10- to 60-in) piles
using a vibratory hammer, the estimated time is 15 minutes per pile.
For pile removal of 0.3- to 1.5-m (10- to 60-in) piles using a
vibratory hammer, the estimated time is 5 to 30 minutes per pile. The
minimum handling time (i.e., periods during which the pile is being
positioned, steadied, etc., and no in-water construction noise is
anticipated) is dependent on activity type and pile size. For vibratory
hammer periods for 0.3- to 1.2-m (10- to 48-in) piles, the handling
time ranges from 15 to 45 minutes. For vibratory hammer periods for
1.5-m (60-in) piles, the minimum handling time is 1 hour and 45
minutes. For impact hammer periods, the minimum handling time is 30
minutes. The total duration of pile installation (including both
vibratory and impact pile driving) is estimated at 42.5 days. The piles
would remain in the offshore environment only for the duration of each
related offshore construction activity. Once offshore construction is
complete, all piles would be removed using a vibratory hammer, which is
expected to occur over an estimated 23 days. Thus the total duration of
pile installation and removal is 65.5 days (i.e., 42.5 days for pile
installation and 23 days for pile removal). Installation and removal of
all piles is expected to be completed during summer 2020 (June-August);
however, pile removal could shift to fall 2020 (September, October,
and/or November), after finalization of the construction schedule.
All piles would be installed along a string of locations within
Raritan Bay (see Figure 2 in the IHA application). Transco would
complete construction of the various components of the offshore
pipeline in several stages with overlapping schedules. An overview of
these stages and their general sequence are described below.
Temporary fixed platform: During assembly of the fixed
platform, vibratory and impact hammers would be used to install the
steel piles; vibratory hammers would be used to remove the piles once
the work is completed.
Pre-trenching, cable crossings, and initial pipelay:
Trenching for the offshore (subsea) pipeline would take place using a
clamshell dredging device. One clamshell dredge with an environmental
bucket and its supporting scows would be mobilized to first excavate a
pit and trench at the offshore horizontal directional drill exit point
for the Morgan Shore Approach horizontal directional drill (HDD).
Transco would also mobilize a barge equipped with diving, jetting, and
material-handling equipment to remove sediment that covers the first
Neptune Cable crossing. Transco would then place concrete mattresses on
either side of the cable in the excavated areas to create a bridge
above the cable. Due to shallow water depths near the Morgan shoreline,
a combination of the pipelay barge and the temporary fixed platform
would install pipeline in this section of trench. Following completion
of a successful hydrostatic test of the pipeline, a clamshell dredge
would backfill the trench. A second clamshell dredge with an
environmental bucket would begin trenching the Raritan Bay Channel and
the Chapel Hill Channel crossing.
HDD Crossings: For the Morgan Shore Approach HDD, Transco
would mobilize a marine-support barge. The clamshell dredge (with
environmental bucket) would excavate the exit point and then a
vibratory device would be used to install the temporary fixed platform
and the piles, known as ``goal posts,'' to guide the pipe at the exit
point. Transco would assemble the HDD pipe string on the pipelay barge,
a winch wire from the fixed platform would be attached to the HDD pipe
string that would pull the pipe string into place with the aid of a tug
on the tail end section, lay the pipe string on the seafloor, and then
complete a hydrostatic test of the pipeline segment. For the Ambrose
Channel crossing, Transco would mobilize a clamshell dredge with an
environmental bucket and two liftboats with drilling equipment to the
Lower New York Bay. The clamshell dredge would excavate pits at the
east point and west point, and then a vibratory device would be used to
install piles (goal posts) on opposite sides of the Ambrose Channel.
Following the goal post installation, dolphin/fender piles (installed
using a vibratory device and/or impact hammer), and a casing would be
installed at both HDD pits. The HDD string would then be laid and
pulled through.
Additional Pipelay and Backfill: Following assembly and
installation of the Ambrose Channel HDD described above, an anchored
pipelay barge would begin laying pipe on the seafloor from the east
Ambrose HDD pit to the Rockaway Neptune cable crossing. The anchored
pipelay barge would then relocate to west of the Ambrose Channel entry
HDD point and lay the pipeline from the west Ambrose HDD pit to the
mid-line tie-in point at milepost (MP) 16.6. After Transco has laid the
pipeline, Transco would use a jet trencher to lower the pipeline and a
clamshell dredge would backfill the trench near the Ambrose Channel,
Ambrose HDD pits, and navigation channels. Transco would bury the pipe
to a minimum depth of 1.22 m (4 ft) (or
[[Page 45958]]
equivalent) and in accordance with any permit conditions as directed by
the USACE.
Subsea Manifold Tie-in, Hydrostatic Testing, and
Commissioning: Hand jets would be used to expose the existing subsea
manifold at the RDL, and a new tie-in valve spool would be installed. A
tie-in skid and tie-in spools would be installed at the end of the
Raritan Bay Loop. Transco would seal the Raritan Bay Loop pipeline
between the onshore entry point and the tie-in skid and pre-
commissioning would then occur, which would include hydrostatic
pressure testing of the new pipeline. After completion of the
hydrostatic test, a final spool piece would be installed to connect the
Raritan Bay Loop to the subsea manifold. The tie-in spools between the
tie-in skid and tie-in valve spool would be dewatered, the manifold
tie-in location would be backfilled, and Transco would introduce
natural gas into the completed Raritan Bay Loop.
The various components of the proposed construction of the Raritan
Bay Loop pipeline, including pile type, size and quantity, installation
method (i.e., impact or vibratory), and pile driving or removal
duration, are shown in Table 1 and are described in greater detail in
the IHA application.
Table 1--Pile Driving Summary for Raritan Bay Loop, Including Pile Types and Driving Durations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Installation Removal
-------------------------------------------------
Diameter Installation Removal
Milepost Site Pile type Purpose (in.) Quantity method Driving time Duration time Duration
per pile \c\ (days) (min./ (days)
\d\ pile) \d\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.59....... Morgan Shore Platform Piles Temporary fixed 36 18 Vibratory & V-15 Min/Pile.. 4.5 30 3
Approach HDD. (for temporary platform for Diesel Impact I-52-62 Min/
fixed Morgan Shore Hammer. Pile \e\.
platform). Approach HDD.
12.59....... Morgan Shore Platform Provide 36 4 Vibratory & V-15 Min/Pile.. 2 30
Approach HDD. Reaction Piles. additional Diesel Impact I-52-62 Min/
lateral Hammer. Pile \e\.
capacity for
pipeline
pulling winch.
12.59....... Morgan Shore Support Barge Tie up and 36-48 4 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 2 15
Approach HDD. Fender Piles. breast support Hammer.
barge
alongside HDD
operations.
12.59....... Morgan Shore Water Barge Tie up and 36-48 4 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 15
Approach HDD. Fender Piles. breast water Hammer.
barge
alongside HDD
operations.
12.59....... Morgan Shore HDD String Goal Support HDD 24 10 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 3 5 3
Approach HDD. Posts. string. Hammer.
13.84....... Neptune Power Sleeper Provide 10 8 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 2 15 1.5
Cable Crossing Vertical Pile. mechanical Hammer.
(MP13.84). protection to
ensure
separation
between
Neptune Power
cable and
pipeline.
14.5 to 16.5 MP14.5 to Morgan Shore Ensure pipeline 24 22 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 5 15 1.5
MP16.5. Pull Vertical stays within Hammer.
Guide Piles. pipeline
corridor
during surface
tow between
MP14.5 to
MP16.5.
28.0 to MP28.0 to Pipelay Barge Assist pipelay 34 12 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 3 30 2
29.36. MP29.36. Mooring Pile. barge with Hammer.
mooring in
vicinity of
Ambrose
Shipping
Channel.
29.4........ Ambrose Channel W750 Side Piles Landing of 36 3 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 1.5 15 0.5
HDD West Side. small barges/ Hammer.
vessels
alongside
prior to
fender piles
being
installed.
29.4........ Ambrose Channel Reaction Frame Provide 36-60 8 Vibratory & V-15 Min/Pile.. 4 30 0.5
HDD West Side. Piles. additional Diesel Impact I-38 Min/Pile e
lateral Hammer. f.
capacity for
HDD pipeline
pull.
29.4........ Ambrose Channel Support Barge Tie up and 36-48 4 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 1.5 15 1
HDD West Side. Fender Piles. breast support Hammer.
barge
alongside HDD
operations.
29.4........ Ambrose Channel Water Barge Tie up and 36-48 4 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 15
HDD West Side. Fender Piles. breast water Hammer.
barge
alongside HDD
operations.
29.4........ Ambrose Channel HDD String Goal Support HDD 24 12 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 1.5 5 2
HDD West Side. Posts. string. Hammer.
30.48....... Ambrose Channel Ambrose East Ensure HDD 24 22 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 5 15 0.5
HDD East Side. Vertical string is Hammer.
Stabilization secured while
Piles. awaiting
pullback.
30.48....... Ambrose Channel W751 Side Piles Landing of 36 3 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 0.5 15 0.5
HDD East Side. small barges/ Hammer.
vessels
alongside
prior to
fender piles
being
installed.
30.48....... Ambrose Channel Support Barge Tie up and 36-48 4 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 1 15 1
HDD East Side. Fender Piles. breast support Hammer.
barge
alongside HDD
operations.
30.48....... Ambrose Channel HDD Drill Support HDD 24 10 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 1.5 5 2
HDD East Side. String Goal string. Hammer.
Posts.
30.48....... Ambrose Channel Pipelay Barge Assist pipelay 60 1 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile 0.5 15 1
HDD East Side. Mooring Pile. barge with Hammer. \f\.
mooring at
Ambrose East.
34.5 to MP34.5 to Pipelay Barge Assist pipelay 34 4 Vibratory & V-15 Min/Pile.. 3 15 2
35.04. MP35.04. Mooring Pile. barge with Diesel Impact I-52 Min/Pile
mooring. Hammer. \e\.
[[Page 45959]]
35.04....... Neptune Power Crossing Pile.. Ensure 10 2 Vibratory V-15 Min/Pile.. 1 15 1
Cable Crossing temporary Hammer.
(MP35.04). stability of
pipeline at
crossing
location.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Underwater sound produced during impact pile driving and vibratory
driving and removal could result in incidental take of marine mammals
by Level B harassment and, for some species, Level A harassment.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the IHA application summarize available
information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat
preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected
species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats
may be found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments) and more general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS'
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
There are 42 marine mammal species that have been documented within
the U.S. Atlantic Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). However, 29 of these
species are not expected to occur within the project area, based on a
lack of sightings in the area and their known habitat preferences and
distributions, which are generally further offshore and at greater
depths than the project area. These are: The blue whale (Balaenoptera
musculus), sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis), Bryde's whale
(Balaenoptera edeni), sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus), dwarf and
pygmy sperm whale (Kogia sima and Kogia breviceps), beluga whale
(Delphinapterus leucas), northern bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon
ampullatus), killer whale (Orcinus orca), pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata), false killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens), melon-headed
whale (Peponocephala electra), Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus),
striped dolphin (Stenella coeruleoalba), Atlantic spotted dolphin
(Stenella frontalis), white-beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
albirostris), pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella attenuata),
Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei), rough-toothed dolphin (Steno
bredanensis), Clymene dolphin (Stenella clymene), spinner dolphin
(Stenella longirostris), hooded seal (Cystophora cristata), ringed seal
(Pusa hipsida), Cuvier's beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris), four
species of Mesoplodont beaked whale (Mesoplodon spp.), and the West
Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus latirostris) (which occurs further
south than the project area). These species are not analyzed further in
this document.
There are 13 marine mammal species that could potentially occur in
the proposed project area and that are included in Table 10 of the IHA
application. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of three
of the species listed in Table 10 of the IHA application is such that
take of these species is not expected to occur, and they are therefore
not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. Take of
these species is not anticipated either because they have very low
densities in the project area, or because of their likely occurrence in
habitat that is outside the project area, based on the best available
information. The Atlantic white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus acutus)
occurs throughout temperate and sub-polar waters of the North Atlantic,
most prominently in continental shelf waters to depths of approximately
100 m (330 ft) (Hayes et al., 2018). Though recent survey data in
unavailable, Atlantic white-sided dolphins were found primarily east
and north of Long Island and the project area based on observations
made during the Cetaceans and Turtle Assessment Program (CeTAP) surveys
from 1978 to 1982 (CeTAP, 1982). The Atlantic white-sided dolphins
observed south of Long Island were farther offshore in the deeper water
of the continental shelf proper and closer to the continental shelf
slope. There are two pilot whale species in the western North Atlantic:
The long-finned pilot whale (Globicephala melas melas), and short-
finned pilot whale (Globicephala macrorhynchus). The latitudinal ranges
of the two species remain uncertain, although south of Cape Hatteras,
most pilot whale sightings are expected to be short-finned pilot
whales, while north of ~42[deg] N most pilot whale sightings are
expected to be long-finned pilot whales, and the two species overlap
spatially along the mid-Atlantic shelf break between New Jersey and the
southern flank of Georges Bank (Hayes et al., 2018). The available data
suggests that long-finned pilot whales are more common along the
continental shelf off the northeast coast of the United States during
winter and early spring, and move into the more northerly waters of
Georges Bank and the Gulf of Maine from late spring through autumn
(CeTAP, 1982). Both species prefer deeper offshore waters compared to
the relatively shallow waters of the project area, are not often
observed in the waters overlying the continental shelf proper and are
more commonly seen at the continental shelf break and farther offshore
on the slope. As these species are not expected to occur in the project
area during the proposed activities, they are not discussed further in
this document.
We expect that the species listed in Table 2 will potentially occur
in the project area and will potentially be taken as a result of the
proposed project. Table 2 summarizes information related to the
population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA
and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2018). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the
maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to
reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in
NMFS' SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR
is included here as a gross indicator of the status of the species and
other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or
the total
[[Page 45960]]
number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS' stock
abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that
stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S.
waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS' U.S.
Atlantic SARs. All values presented in Table 2 are the most recent
available at the time of publication and are available in the 2017
Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018) or draft 2018 SARs, available online
at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/2018-draft-marine-mammal-stock-assessment-reports-available.
Table 2--Marine Mammals Known To Occur in the Project Area That May Be Affected by the Proposed Activity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMPA and ESA Stock abundance
status; (CV, Nmin, most Predicted abundance PBR Annual M/ Occurrence and
Common name (scientific name) Stock strategic (Y/ recent abundance (CV) \3\ \4\ SI \4\ seasonality in
N) \1\ survey) \2\ project area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops W. North Atlantic, -; N 77,532 (0.40; \5\ 97,476 (0.06).... 561 39.4 Rare in summer;
truncatus). Offshore. 56,053; 2011). absent in winter.
W. North Atlantic -; N 6,639 (0.41; 4,759; 48 unknown Common year round.
Coastal Migratory. 2015).
Common dolphin \6\ (Delphinus W. North Atlantic.. -; N 173,486 (0.55; 86,098 (0.12)........ 557 406 Common year round.
delphis). 55,690; 2011).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena Gulf of Maine/Bay -; N 79,833 (0.32; * 45,089 (0.12)...... 706 255 Common year round.
phocoena). of Fundy. 61,415; 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale W. North Atlantic.. E; Y 451 (0; 455; n/a).. * 535 (0.45)......... 0.9 56 Year round in
(Eubalaena glacialis). continental shelf
and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Humpback whale \7\ (Megaptera Gulf of Maine...... -; N 896 (0.42; 239; n/ * 1,637 (0.07)....... 14.6 9.8 Common year round.
novaeangliae). a).
Minke whale \6\ (Balaenoptera Canadian East Coast -; N 20,741 (0.3; 1,425; * 2,112 (0.05)....... 14 7.5 Year round in
acutorostrata). n/a). continental shelf
and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earless seals (Phocidae)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal \8\ (Halichoerus W. North Atlantic.. -; N 27,131 (0.10; ..................... 1,389 5,688 Common year round.
grypus). 25,908; n/a).
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina).... W. North Atlantic.. -; N 75,834 (0.15; ..................... 2,006 345 Common year round.
66,884; 2012).
Harp seal (Pagophilus W. North Atlantic.. -; N 7,411,000 (unk.; unk 225,687 Rare.
groenlandicus). unk; 2014).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see
footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports (SAR) except where otherwise noted. SARs available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate
of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no
associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have
not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2018 draft Atlantic SARs.
\3\ This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016,
2017, 2018). These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic
Ocean, and we provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean
density of all pixels in the modeled area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported
development of either two or four seasonal models; each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
\4\ Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP). Annual M/SI, found in NMFS' SARs,
represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, subsistence hunting, ship
strike). Annual M/SI values often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value. All M/SI values are as presented
in the draft 2018 SARs.
\5\ Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly,
the habitat-based cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is
limited to genus or guild in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not
differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
\6\ Abundance as reported in the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast
(Lawson and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the
TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock's range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance estimate is
considered more accurate than the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with inferior coverage of the stock range). NMFS stock
abundance estimate for the common dolphin is 70,184. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the fin whale is 1,618. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the
minke whale is 2,591.
\7\ 2018 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR for the Gulf of Maine feeding population lists a current abundance estimate of 896 individuals. However, we note that
the estimate is defined on the basis of feeding location alone (i.e., Gulf of Maine) and is therefore likely an underestimate.
\8\ NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
Two marine mammal species that are listed under the Endangered
Species Act (ESA) may be present in the project area and may be taken
incidental to the proposed activity: The North Atlantic right whale and
fin whale.
Below is a description of the species that have the highest
likelihood of occurring in the project area and are thus expected to
potentially be taken by the proposed activities. For the majority of
species potentially present in the specific geographic region, NMFS has
designated only a single generic stock
[[Page 45961]]
(e.g., ``western North Atlantic'') for management purposes. This
includes the ``Canadian east coast'' stock of minke whales, which
includes all minke whales found in U.S. waters is also a generic stock
for management purposes. For humpback whales, NMFS defines stocks on
the basis of feeding locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine. However,
references to humpback whales in this document refer to any individuals
of the species that are found in the specific geographic region. Any
biologically important areas (BIAs) that overlap spatially with the
project area are addressed in the species sections below.
North Atlantic Right Whale
The North Atlantic right whale ranges from calving grounds in the
southeastern United States to feeding grounds in New England waters and
into Canadian waters (Hayes et al., 2018). Surveys have demonstrated
the existence of seven areas where North Atlantic right whales
congregate seasonally, including north and east of the proposed project
area in Georges Bank, off Cape Cod, and in Massachusetts Bay (Hayes et
al., 2018). In the late fall months (e.g., October), right whales are
generally thought to depart from the feeding grounds in the North
Atlantic and move south to their calving grounds off Georgia and
Florida. However, recent research indicates our understanding of their
movement patterns remains incomplete (Davis et al. 2017). A review of
passive acoustic monitoring data from 2004 to 2014 throughout the
western North Atlantic demonstrated nearly continuous year-round right
whale presence across their entire habitat range (for at least some
individuals), including in locations previously thought of as migratory
corridors, suggesting that not all of the population undergoes a
consistent annual migration (Davis et al. 2017). In recent years, right
whales have been observed off Long Island during the summer, outside of
the migration period (NEFSC, 2019). According to the NMFS Northeast
Fisheries Science Center's (NEFSC) North Atlantic Right Whale Sighting
Advisory System, 50 right whale observations were reported in the
waters south of Long Island and north of New Jersey between May 2004
and May 2019, with 6 observations in the project area (NEFSC, 2019).
The project area is not a known feeding area for right whales and right
whales are not expected to be foraging along the southern coast of Long
Island, including the project area, as their main prey species are
typically concentrated in offshore waters several miles seaward of the
Project area, and right whale foraging behavior has never been
documented near the coast of Long Island. Therefore, any right whales
in the vicinity of the project area are expected to be transient, most
likely migrating through the area.
The western North Atlantic population demonstrated overall growth
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to 2010, despite a decline in 1993
and no growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et al. 2017). However, since
2010 the population has been in decline, with a 99.99 percent
probability of a decline of just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al.
2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving rates varied substantially, with
low calving rates coinciding with all three periods of decline or no
growth (Pace et al. 2017). On average, North Atlantic right whale
calving rates are estimated to be roughly half that of southern right
whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al. 2017), which are increasing
in abundance (NMFS 2015). In 2018, no new North Atlantic right whale
calves were documented in their calving grounds; this represented the
first time since annual NOAA aerial surveys began in 1989 that no new
right whale calves were observed. Seven right whale calves were
documented in 2019. The current best estimate of population abundance
for the species is 411 individuals, based on data as of September 4,
2018 (Pettis et al., 2018).
Elevated North Atlantic right whale mortalities have occurred since
June 7, 2017 along the U.S. and Canadian coast. A total of 27 confirmed
dead stranded whales (19 in Canada; 8 in the United States) have been
documented. This event has been declared an Unusual Mortality Event
(UME), with human interactions, including entanglement in fixed fishing
gear and vessel strikes, implicated in at least 13 of the mortalities
thus far. More information is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019-north-atlantic-right-whale-unusual-mortality-event.
NMFS' regulations at 50 CFR 224.105 designated nearshore waters of
the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S. Seasonal Management Areas
(SMA) for right whales in 2008. SMAs were developed to reduce the
threat of collisions between ships and right whales around their
migratory route and calving grounds. A portion of one SMA, which is
associated with the port of New York and New Jersey, overlaps spatially
with the easternmost part of the project area (see Figure 7 in the IHA
application). The SMA that occurs off New York and New Jersey is active
from November 1 through April 30 of each year.
Fin Whale
Fin whales are common in waters of the U. S. Atlantic EEZ,
principally from Cape Hatteras northward (Waring et al., 2016). Fin
whales are present north of 35-degree latitude in every season and are
broadly distributed throughout the western North Atlantic for most of
the year, though densities vary seasonally (Waring et al., 2016). Fin
whales are found in small groups of up to five individuals (Brueggeman
et al., 1987). Fin whales have been observed in the waters off the
eastern end of Long Island, but are more common in deeper waters and
would not be expected to occur within Raritan Bay.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found worldwide in all oceans. Humpback whales
were listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Conservation Act
(ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced the ESCA, and humpbacks
continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS recently evaluated the
status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the
species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place listed four DPSs as endangered
and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; September 8, 2016). The
remaining nine DPSs were not listed. The West Indies DPS, which is not
listed under the ESA, is the only DPS of humpback whale that is
expected to occur in the project area.
There have been anecdotal reports of increased sightings of live
humpback whales in the project area (Hynes, 2016; Brown et al., 2018a).
Between 2011 and 2016, there have been at least 46 humpback whale
sightings within Lower New York Bay, Upper New York Bay, and Raritan
Bay (Brown et al., 2018a). Most sightings occurred during the summer
months (July to September), with no documented sightings in the winter
(Brown et al., 2018). A total of 617 humpback whale sightings were
reported within the New York Bight based on data collected from 2011-
2017 (Brown et al., 2018). During winter, the majority of humpback
whales from North Atlantic feeding areas mate and calve in the West
Indies, where spatial and genetic mixing among feeding groups occurs,
though significant numbers of animals are found in mid- and high-
latitude regions at this time and some individuals have been sighted
repeatedly within the same winter season, indicating that not all
humpback
[[Page 45962]]
whales migrate south every winter (Hayes et al., 2018).
Since January 2016, elevated humpback whale mortalities have
occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine to Florida. Partial or
full necropsy examinations have been conducted on approximately half of
the 99 known cases. Of the whales examined, about 50 percent had
evidence of human interaction, either ship strike or entanglement.
While a portion of the whales have shown evidence of pre-mortem vessel
strike, this finding is not consistent across all whales examined and
more research is needed. NOAA is consulting with researchers that are
conducting studies on the humpback whale populations, and these efforts
may provide information on changes in whale distribution and habitat
use that could provide additional insight into how these vessel
interactions occurred. Three previous UMEs involving humpback whales
have occurred since 2000, in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More information is
available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2016-2019-humpback-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-atlantic-coast.
Minke Whale
Minke whales occur in temperate, tropical, and high-latitude
waters. The Canadian East Coast stock can be found in the area from the
western half of the Davis Strait (45[deg] W) to the Gulf of Mexico
(Hayes et al., 2018). This species generally occupies waters less than
100 m deep on the continental shelf. There appears to be a strong
seasonal component to minke whale distribution (Hayes et al., 2018).
During spring and summer, they appear to be widely distributed from
just east of Montauk Point, Long Island, northeast to Nantucket Shoals,
and north towards Stellwagen Bank and Jeffrey's Ledge (CeTAP, 1982).
During the fall, their range is much smaller and their abundance is
reduced throughout their range (CeTAP, 1982). During the winter, they
are largely absent from the vicinity of the project area (Waring et
al., 2012).
Since January 2017, elevated minke whale mortalities have occurred
along the Atlantic coast from Maine through South Carolina, with a
total of 61 strandings recorded when this document was written. This
event has been declared a UME. Full or partial necropsy examinations
were conducted on more than 60 percent of the whales. Preliminary
findings in several of the whales have shown evidence of human
interactions or infectious disease, but these findings are not
consistent across all of the whales examined, so more research is
needed. More information is available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019-minke-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-atlantic-coast.
Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found world-wide in temperate to subtropical
seas. In the North Atlantic, common dolphins are typically found over
the continental shelf between the 100-m and 2,000-m isobaths and over
prominent underwater topography and east to the mid-Atlantic Ridge
(Hayes et al., 2018), but may be found in shallower shelf waters as
well. Common dolphins occur primarily east and north of Long Island and
may occur in the project area during all seasons (CeTAP, 1982). Between
2011 and 2015, 68 common dolphins stranded in New York and 53 stranded
in New Jersey (Hayes et al., 2018). During 2013, 23 common dolphins
stranded along the Long Island coast (RFMRP 2014).
Bottlenose Dolphin
There are two distinct bottlenose dolphin mophotypes in the western
North Atlantic: The coastal and offshore forms (Hayes et al., 2018).
The two mophotypes are genetically distinct based upon both
mitochondrial and nuclear markers (Hoelzel et al. 1998; Rosel et al.
2009). The offshore form is distributed primarily along the outer
continental shelf and continental slope in waters greater than 40 m
from Georges Bank to the Florida Keys (Hayes et al., 2018). The Western
North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock occupies coastal waters
from the shoreline to approximately the 20-m isobath between
Assateague, Virginia, and Long Island, New York during warm water
months. The stock migrates in late summer and fall and, during cold
water months (best described by January and February), occupies coastal
waters from approximately Cape Lookout, North Carolina, to the North
Carolina/Virginia border (Garrison et al., 2017). Based on the known
distribution of the Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
stock, this stock could potentially occur in the vicinity of the
project during area during the the proposed project; however, Sandy
Hook, NJ (southeast of Raritan Bay) represents the northern extent of
the stock's range, and there have been no confirmed sightings of the
stock within the project area itself (Hayes et al., 2018).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises occur from the coastline to deep waters (>1800 m;
Westgate et al. 1998), although the majority of the population is found
over the continental shelf in waters less than 150 m (Hayes et al.,
2018). In the project area, only the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock
of harbor porpoise may be present. This stock is found in U.S. and
Canadian Atlantic waters and is concentrated in the northern Gulf of
Maine and southern Bay of Fundy region, but their range extends to
North Carolina, depending on the season (Hayes et al. 2018). In 2011,
six sightings were recorded inside Long Island Sound with one sighting
recorded just outside the Sound (NEFSC and SEFSC, 2011). Between 2011
and 2015, 33 harbor porpoises stranded in New York and 17 stranded in
New Jersey (Hayes et al., 2018).
Harbor Seal
The harbor seal is found in all nearshore waters of the North
Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining seas above about
30[deg] N (Burns, 2009). In the western North Atlantic, harbor seals
are distributed from the eastern Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to
southern New England and New York, and occasionally to the Carolinas
(Hayes et al., 2018). Their presence in the region of the project area
is seasonal, with increasing numbers from October to March and a peak
in mid-March (Hoover et al., 2013), when adults, sub-adults, and
juveniles are expected to migrate south from Maine. They return north
to the coastal waters of Maine and Canada in late spring (Katona et
al., 1993). The closest known haulout sites for harbor seals in the
vicinity of the project area are located 2.9 km (1. 8 mi) southwest of
the Ambrose Channel Crossing site (Sandy Hook Beach) and 16.1 km (10
statute miles) east of the MP14.5 to MP16.5 site (Sandy Hook Beach),
with additional haulout sites along the neighboring islands to the
north (CRESLI, 2019). The Coastal Research and Education Society of
Long Island (CRESLI) has monitored seal populations in the project area
for over 15 years and continues to conduct behavioral and population
studies of seals around Long Island, including regular observations at
a major haulout site at Cupsogue Beach Park, located approximately 96.6
km (60 mi) north of the project area on the eastern shore of Long
Island. There are approximately 26 haulout locations around Long
Island, and CRESLI has documented a total of 18,321 harbor seals during
334 surveys since 2004 (CRESLI, 2019).
Since July 2018, elevated numbers of harbor seal and gray seal
mortalities have occurred across Maine, New Hampshire and
Massachusetts. This
[[Page 45963]]
event has been declared a UME. Additionally, stranded seals have shown
clinical signs as far south as Virginia, although not in elevated
numbers, therefore the UME investigation now encompasses all seal
strandings from Maine to Virginia. Lastly, ice seals (harp and hooded
seals) have also started stranding with clinical signs, again not in
elevated numbers, and those two seal species have also been added to
the UME investigation. A total of 1,593 reported strandings (of all
species) had occurred as of the writing of this document. Full or
partial necropsy examinations have been conducted on some of the seals
and samples have been collected for testing. Based on tests conducted
thus far, the main pathogen found in the seals is phocine distemper
virus. NMFS is performing additional testing to identify any other
factors that may be involved in this UME. Information on this UME is
available online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-england-mid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/2018-2019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-event-along.
Gray Seal
There are three major populations of gray seals found in the world;
eastern Canada (western North Atlantic stock), northwestern Europe and
the Baltic Sea. Gray seals in the project area belong to the western
North Atlantic stock. The range for this stock is from New Jersey to
Labrador. Current population trends show that gray seal abundance is
likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Hayes et al., 2018).
Although the rate of increase is unknown, surveys conducted since their
arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady increase in abundance in both
Maine and Massachusetts (Hayes et al., 2018). It is believed that
recolonization by Canadian gray seals is the source of the U.S.
population (Hayes et al., 2018). The closest known haulout sites for
gray seals in the vicinity of the project area are located 2.9 km (1.8
mi) southwest of the Ambrose Channel Crossing site (Sandy Hook Beach)
and 16.1 km (10 mi) east of the MP14.5 to MP16.5 site (Sandy Hook
Beach). Additional haulout sites are likely Little Gull Island in the
Long Island Sound (CRESLI, 2019). Gray seals also haul out on Great
Gull Island and Little Gull Island in eastern Long Island Sound
(DiGiovanni et al., 2015).
As described above, elevated seal mortalities, including gray
seals, have occurred from Maine to Virginia since July 2018. This event
has been declared a UME, with phocine distemper virus identified as the
main pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is performing additional testing
to identify any other factors that may be involved in this UME.
Information on this UME is available online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-england-mid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/2018-2019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-event-along.
Harp Seal
Harp seals are highly migratory and occur throughout much of the
North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans (Hayes et al., 2018). Breeding occurs
between late-February and April and adults then assemble on suitable
pack ice to undergo the annual molt. The migration then continues north
to Arctic summer feeding grounds. Harp seal occurrence in the project
area is considered rare. However, since the early 1990s, numbers of
sightings and strandings have been increasing off the east coast of the
United States from Maine to New Jersey (Katona et al. 1993; Rubinstein
1994; Stevick and Fernald 1998; McAlpine 1999; Lacoste and Stenson
2000; Soulen et al. 2013). These extralimital appearances usually occur
in January-May (Harris et al. 2002), when the western North Atlantic
stock is at its most southern point of migration. Between 2011 and
2015, 78 harp seals stranded (mortalities) in New York and 22 stranded
(mortalities) in New Jersey (Hayes et al., 2018). During 2013, eight
harp seals stranded (mortalities and alive) on Long Island (RFMRP,
2014). All of those strandings occurred between January and June.
As described above, elevated seal mortalities, including harp
seals, have occurred across Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts, and
as far south as Virginia, since July 2018. This event has been declared
a UME, with phocine distemper virus identified as the main pathogen
found in the seals. NMFS is performing additional testing to identify
any other factors that may be involved in this UME. Information on this
UME is available online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-england-mid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/2018-2019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-event-along.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al. (2007, 2019) recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or
estimated hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response
data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing
groups and their associated hearing ranges are provided in Table 3.
Table 3--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups (NMFS, 2018)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose
whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger &
L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
seals).
[[Page 45964]]
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al. 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
Nine marine mammal species (six cetacean and three pinniped (all phocid
species)) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the proposed
activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the cetacean species that may
be present, three are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all
mysticete species), two are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., all delphinid species), and one is classified as a high-
frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor porpoise).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The Estimated Take section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take section, and the Proposed Mitigation section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals found later in this document. For general
information on sound and its interaction with the marine environment,
please see, e.g., Au and Hastings (2008); Richardson et al. (1995);
Urick (1983).
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths
than lower frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more
rapidly, except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the
height of the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is
typically described using the relative unit of the decibel (dB). A
sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this
is 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa)), and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for
large variations in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in
dB corresponds to large changes in sound pressure. The source level
(SL) represents the SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa), while the received level is the SPL at the
listener's position (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s)
represents the total energy in a stated frequency band over a stated
time interval or event, and considers both intensity and duration of
exposure. The per-pulse SEL is calculated over the time window
containing the entire pulse (i.e., 100 percent of the acoustic energy).
SEL is a cumulative metric; it can be accumulated over a single pulse,
or calculated over periods containing multiple pulses. Cumulative SEL
represents the total energy accumulated by a receiver over a defined
time window or during an event. Peak sound pressure (also referred to
as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-pk) is the maximum instantaneous
sound pressure measurable in the water at a specified distance from the
source, and is represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure.
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for sound produced by the
pile driving activity considered here. The compressions and
decompressions associated with sound waves are detected as changes in
pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as
hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound, which is
defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a single
source or point (Richardson et al., 1995). The sound level of a region
is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated by known and
unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., wind and
waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., sounds
produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and anthropogenic
(e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number of sources
contribute to ambient sound, including wind and waves, which are a main
source of naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200
hertz (Hz) and 50 kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient
[[Page 45965]]
sound levels tend to increase with increasing wind speed and wave
height. Precipitation can become an important component of total sound
at frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times. Marine mammals can contribute significantly to ambient sound
levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The frequency band for
biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
Sources of ambient sound related to human activity include
transportation (surface vessels), dredging and construction, oil and
gas drilling and production, geophysical surveys, sonar, and
explosions. Vessel noise typically dominates the total ambient sound
for frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz and, if higher frequency sound
levels are created, they attenuate rapidly.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources that
comprise ambient sound at any given location and time depends not only
on the source levels (as determined by current weather conditions and
levels of biological and human activity) but also on the ability of
sound to propagate through the environment. In turn, sound propagation
is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying properties of the
water column and sea floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of
the dependence on a large number of varying factors, ambient sound
levels can be expected to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given frequency and location can
vary by 10-20 decibels (dB) from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995).
The result is that, depending on the source type and its intensity,
sound from the specified activity may be a negligible addition to the
local environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect
marine mammals. Underwater ambient sound in Raritan Bay and the New
York Bight is comprised of sounds produced by a number of natural and
anthropogenic sources. Human-generated sound is a significant
contributor to the ambient acoustic environment in the project
location. Details of source types are described in the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types:
Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction
between these two sound types is important because they have differing
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
The distinction between these two sound types is not always obvious, as
certain signals share properties of both pulsed and non-pulsed sounds.
A signal near a source could be categorized as a pulse, but due to
propagation effects as it moves farther from the source, the signal
duration becomes longer (e.g., Greene and Richardson, 1988).
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either continuous or intermittent (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g.,
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems. The
duration of such sounds, as received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant environment.
The impulsive sound generated by impact hammers is characterized by
rapid rise times and high peak levels. Vibratory hammers produce non-
impulsive, continuous noise at levels significantly lower than those
produced by impact hammers. Rise time is slower, reducing the
probability and severity of injury, and sound energy is distributed
over a greater amount of time (e.g., Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson
et al., 2005).
Acoustic Effects
We previously provided general background information on marine
mammal hearing (see ``Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the
Specified Activity''). Here, we discuss the potential effects of sound
on marine mammals.
Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Note that, in the following
discussion, we refer in many cases to a review article concerning
studies of noise-induced hearing loss conducted from 1996-2015 (i.e.,
Finneran, 2015). For study-specific citations, please see that work.
Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range of frequencies and sound
levels and can have a range of highly variable impacts on marine life,
from none or minor to potentially severe responses, depending on
received levels, duration of exposure, behavioral context, and various
other factors. The potential effects of underwater sound from active
acoustic sources can potentially result in one or more of the
following: Temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory
physical or physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; G[ouml]tz et al., 2009). The degree of
effect is intrinsically related to the signal characteristics, received
level, distance from the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In
general, sudden, high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can
longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of
hearing will occur almost exclusively for noise within an animal's
hearing range. We first describe specific manifestations of acoustic
effects before providing discussion specific to pile driving.
Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e.,
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
We describe the more severe effects (i.e., certain non-auditory
physical or physiological effects) only briefly as we do not expect
that there is a reasonable likelihood that pile driving may result in
such effects (see below for further
[[Page 45966]]
discussion). Potential effects from impulsive sound sources can range
in severity from effects such as behavioral disturbance or tactile
perception to physical discomfort, slight injury of the internal organs
and the auditory system, or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973). Non-
auditory physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might
occur in marine mammals exposed to high level underwater sound or as a
secondary effect of extreme behavioral reactions (e.g., change in dive
profile as a result of an avoidance reaction) caused by exposure to
sound include neurological effects, bubble formation, resonance
effects, and other types of organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006;
Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007; Tal et al., 2015). The
construction activities considered here do not involve the use of
devices such as explosives or mid-frequency tactical sonar that are
associated with these types of effects.
Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or
to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at
certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent (PTS),
in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable,
or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that
leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be
total or partial deafness, while in most cases the animal has an
impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,
1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to
constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least
several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al. 2007).
Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is
that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as impact pile driving
pulses as received close to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than
the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound
exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the
higher level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary to cause
PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS could
occur.
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been
obtained for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis))
and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant seal (Mirounga
angustirostris), harbor seal, and California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e.,
mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,
2015). TTS was not observed in trained spotted (Phoca largha) and
ringed (Pusa hispida) seals exposed to impulsive noise at levels
matching previous predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016). In
general, harbor seals and harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than
other measured pinniped or cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these species. There are no data available
on noise-induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity,
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity,
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007;
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
[[Page 45967]]
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response.
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997;
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to
loud pulsed sound sources (typically airguns or acoustic harassment
devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or
other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and Symonds,
2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However,
many delphinids approach low-frequency airgun source vessels with no
apparent discomfort or obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et
al., 2012), indicating the importance of frequency output in relation
to the species' hearing sensitivity.
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a, 2013b). Variations in dive behavior
may reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the
type and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history
stage of the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from airgun surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996;
Stone et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007).
Longer-term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species
in the affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does
not occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann
et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may
influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially
[[Page 45968]]
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al.,
2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition, chronic disturbance can
cause population declines through reduction of fitness (e.g., decline
in body condition) and subsequent reduction in reproductive success,
survival, or both (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al.,
1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose dolphins exposed to sound over a
five-day period did not cause any sleep deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection,
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al.,
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g.,
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment
if disrupting behavioral patterns. It is important to distinguish TTS
and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from masking, which
occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking (without resulting in
TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological function, it is not
considered a physiological effect, but rather a potential behavioral
effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000;
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995),
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking
sounds likely to be experienced by marine
[[Page 45969]]
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity--As described
previously (see ``Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources''),
Transco proposes to conduct pile driving and pile removal. The effects
of pile driving and removal on marine mammals are dependent on several
factors, including the size, type, and depth of the animal; the depth,
intensity, and duration of the pile driving sound; the depth of the
water column; the substrate of the habitat; the distance between the
pile and the animal; and the sound propagation properties of the
environment.
Noise generated by impact pile driving consists of regular, pulsed
sounds of short duration. These pulsed sounds are typically high energy
with fast rise times. Exposure to these sounds may result in harassment
depending on proximity to the sound source and a variety of
environmental and biological conditions (Dahl et al. 2015; Nedwell et
al., 2007). Illingworth & Rodkin (2007) measured an unattenuated sound
pressure within 10 m (33 ft) at a peak of 220 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for a 2.4
m (96 in) steel pile driven by an impact hammer. Studies of underwater
sound from pile driving finds that most of the acoustic energy is below
one to two kHz, with broadband sound energy near the source (40 Hz to
>40 kHz) and only low-frequency energy (<~400 Hz) at longer ranges
(Bailey et al., 2010; Erbe, 2009; Illingworth & Rodkin, 2007). There is
typically a decrease in sound pressure and an increase in pulse
duration the greater the distance from the noise source (Bailey et al.,
2010). Maximum noise levels from pile driving usually occur during the
last stage of driving each pile where the highest hammer energy levels
are used (Betke, 2008).
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound
depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and
their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007). It is possible that the onset of pile
driving could result in temporary, short-term changes in an animal's
typical behavioral patterns and/or temporary avoidance of the affected
area. These behavioral changes may include (Richardson et al., 1995):
Changing durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per
surfacing, or moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such
as socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses. The
biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is
difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear
minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be
expected to be biologically significant if the change affects growth,
survival, or reproduction. Significant behavioral modifications that
could lead to effects on growth, survival, or reproduction, such as
drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns or significant habitat
abandonment are considered extremely unlikely in the case of the
proposed project, as it is expected that mitigation measures, including
clearance zones and soft start (described in detail below, see
``Proposed Mitigation Measures'') will minimize the potential for
marine mammals to be exposed to sound levels that would result in more
extreme behavioral responses. In addition, marine mammals in the
project area are expected to avoid any area that would be ensonified at
sound levels high enough for the potential to result in more severe
acute behavioral responses, as the environment within Raritan Bay would
allow marine mammals the ability to freely move to other areas of the
Bay without restriction.
In the case of pile driving, sound sources would be active for
relatively short durations, with relation to potential for masking. The
frequencies output by pile driving activity are lower than those used
by most species expected to be regularly present for communication or
foraging. Those species who would be more susceptible to masking at
these frequencies (LF cetaceans) use the area only seasonally. We
expect insignificant impacts from masking, and any masking event that
could possibly rise to Level B harassment under the MMPA would occur
concurrently within the zones of behavioral harassment already
estimated for pile driving, and which have already been taken into
account in the exposure analysis.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The proposed activities would not result in permanent impacts to
habitats used directly by marine mammals, but may have potential short-
term impacts to food sources such as forage fish. The proposed
activities could also affect acoustic habitat (see masking discussion
above), but meaningful impacts are unlikely. There are no known
foraging hotspots, or other ocean bottom structures of significant
biological importance to marine mammals present in the project area.
Therefore, the main impact issue associated with the proposed activity
would be temporarily elevated sound levels and the associated direct
effects on marine mammals, as discussed previously. The most likely
impact to marine mammal habitat occurs from pile driving effects on
likely marine mammal prey (e.g., fish). Impacts to the immediate
substrate during installation of piles are anticipated, but these would
be limited to minor, temporary suspension of sediments, which could
impact water quality and visibility for a short amount of time, without
any expected effects on individual marine mammals. Impacts to substrate
are therefore not discussed further.
Effects to Prey--Sound may affect marine mammals through impacts on
the abundance, behavior, or distribution of prey species (e.g.,
crustaceans, cephalopods, fish, zooplankton). Marine mammal prey varies
by species, season, and location and, for some, is not well documented.
Here, we describe studies regarding the effects of noise on known
marine mammal prey.
Fish utilize the soundscape and components of sound in their
environment to perform important functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g., Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear sounds using pressure and
particle motion sensitivity capabilities and detect the motion of
surrounding water (Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects of noise on
fishes depends on the overlapping frequency range, distance from the
sound source, water depth of exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology. Key impacts to fishes may include
behavioral responses, hearing damage,
[[Page 45970]]
barotrauma (pressure-related injuries), and mortality.
Fish react to sounds which are especially strong and/or
intermittent low-frequency sounds, and behavioral responses such as
flight or avoidance are the most likely effects. Short duration, sharp
sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish behavior and local
distribution. The reaction of fish to noise depends on the
physiological state of the fish, past exposures, motivation (e.g.,
feeding, spawning, migration), and other environmental factors.
Hastings and Popper (2005) identified several studies that suggest fish
may relocate to avoid certain areas of sound energy. Additional studies
have documented effects of pile driving on fish, although several are
based on studies in support of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings,
2009). Several studies have demonstrated that impulse sounds might
affect the distribution and behavior of some fishes, potentially
impacting foraging opportunities or increasing energetic costs (e.g.,
Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Paxton et al., 2017). However, some
studies have shown no or slight reaction to impulse sounds (e.g., Pena
et al., 2013; Wardle et al., 2001; Jorgenson and Gyselman, 2009; Cott
et al., 2012). More commonly, though, the impacts of noise on fish are
temporary.
SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish
and fish mortality. However, in most fish species, hair cells in the
ear continuously regenerate and loss of auditory function likely is
restored when damaged cells are replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et
al. (2012a) showed that a TTS of 4-6 dB was recoverable within 24 hours
for one species. Impacts would be most severe when the individual fish
is close to the source and when the duration of exposure is long.
Injury caused by barotrauma can range from slight to severe and can
cause death, and is most likely for fish with swim bladders. Barotrauma
injuries have been documented during controlled exposure to impact pile
driving (Halvorsen et al., 2012b; Casper et al., 2013).
The most likely impact to fish from pile driving activities in the
project area would be temporary behavioral avoidance of the area. The
duration of fish avoidance of an area after pile driving stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and
behavior is anticipated. In general, impacts to marine mammal prey
species are expected to be minor and temporary due to the expected
short daily duration of individual pile driving events and the
relatively small areas being affected.
The area likely impacted by the activities is relatively small
compared to the available habitat in Raritan Bay. Any behavioral
avoidance by fish of the disturbed area would still leave significantly
large areas of fish and marine mammal foraging habitat in the nearby
vicinity. Based on the information discussed herein, we conclude that
impacts of the specified activity are not likely to have more than
short-term adverse effects on any prey habitat or populations of prey
species. Further, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected
to result in significant or long-term consequences for individual
marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations. Effects to habitat will not be discussed further in this
document.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact
determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as noise
from pile driving has the potential to result in disruption of
behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some
potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) to result. The
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize
the severity of such taking to the extent practicable. The proposed
mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize the
severity of such taking to the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is
estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic
thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some
degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water
that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4)
and the number of days of activities. We note that while these basic
factors can contribute to a basic calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes available (e.g., previous
monitoring results or average group size). Below, we describe the
factors considered here in more detail and present the proposed take
estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment--Though significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure
is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability, duty cycle), the environment
(e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, behavioral context) and can be difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). Based on what
the available science indicates and the practical need to use a
threshold based on a factor that is both predictable and measurable for
most activities, NMFS uses a generalized acoustic threshold based on
received level to estimate the onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely to be behaviorally harassed in
a manner we consider Level B harassment when exposed to underwater
anthropogenic noise above received levels of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
for impulsive and/or intermittent sources (e.g., impact pile driving)
and 120 dB rms for continuous sources (e.g., vibratory driving).
Transco's proposed activity includes the use of intermittent sources
(impact pile driving) and continuous sources (vibratory driving),
therefore use of the 120 and 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) thresholds are
applicable.
Level A harassment--NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
[[Page 45971]]
Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0) (Technical Guidance, 2018)
identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment)
to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity)
as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources
(impulsive or non-impulsive). The components of Transco's proposed
activity that may result in the take of marine mammals include the use
of impulsive and non-impulsive sources.
These thresholds are provided in Table 4 below. The references,
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the
acoustic thresholds, which include source levels and transmission loss
coefficient.
Sound Propagation--Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease in
acoustic intensity as an acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a
source. TL parameters vary with frequency, temperature, sea conditions,
current, source and receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and
bottom composition and topography. The general formula for underwater
TL is:
TL = B * log10(R1/R2),
Where
B = transmission loss coefficient (assumed to be 15)
R1 = the distance of the modeled SPL from the driven
pile, and
R2 = the distance from the driven pile of the initial
measurement.
This formula neglects loss due to scattering and absorption, which
is assumed to be zero here. The degree to which underwater sound
propagates away from a sound source is dependent on a variety of
factors, most notably the water bathymetry and presence or absence of
reflective or absorptive conditions including in-water structures and
sediments. Spherical spreading occurs in a perfectly unobstructed
(free-field) environment not limited by depth or water surface,
resulting in a 6 dB reduction in sound level for each doubling of
distance from the source (20*log(range)). Cylindrical spreading occurs
in an environment in which sound propagation is bounded by the water
surface and sea bottom, resulting in a reduction of 3 dB in sound level
for each doubling of distance from the source (10*log(range)). As is
common practice in coastal waters, here we assume practical spreading
loss (4.5 dB reduction in sound level for each doubling of distance).
Practical spreading is a compromise that is often used under conditions
where water depth increases as the receiver moves away from the
shoreline, resulting in an expected propagation environment that would
lie between spherical and cylindrical spreading loss conditions.
Sound Source Levels--The intensity of pile driving sounds is
greatly influenced by factors such as the type of piles, hammers, and
the physical environment in which the activity takes place. Acoustic
measurements of pile driving at the project area are not available.
Therefore, to estimate sound levels associated with the proposed
project, representative source levels for installation and removal of
each pile type and size were identified using the compendium compiled
by the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans, 2015). The
information presented in Caltrans (2015) is a compilation of SPLs
recorded during various in-water pile driving projects in California,
Oregon, Washington, and Nebraska. The compendium is a commonly used
reference document for pile driving source levels when analyzing
potential impacts on protected species, including marine mammals, from
pile driving activities.
The proposed project would include impact and vibratory
installation and vibratory removal of 0.25-m (10-in), 0.61-m (24-in),
0.86-m (34-in), 0.91-m (36-in), 0.91- to 1.2-m (36- to 48-in), and 1.5-
m (60-in)-diameter steel pipe piles. Reference source levels from
Caltrans (2015) were determined using data for piles of similar sizes,
the same pile driving method as that proposed for the project, and at
similar water depths (Table 5). While the pile sizes and water depths
chosen as proxies do not exactly match those for the proposed project,
they represent the closest matches available. It is assumed that the
source levels shown in Table 5 are the most representative for each
pile type and associated pile driving method. To be conservative, the
representative sound source levels were based on the largest pile
expected to be driven/removed at each potential in-water construction
site. For example, where Transco may use a range of pile sizes (i.e.,
0.91 to 1.2 m (36 to 48 in)), the largest potential pile size (1.2 m
(48 in)) was used in the modeling.
[[Page 45972]]
Table 5--Modeled Pile Installation and Removal Source Levels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RMS (dB) SEL
Pile diameter (in) ---------------------------------------------------------------
Impact Vibratory Impact Vibratory
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Installation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.............................................. .............. 150 .............. 150
24.............................................. .............. 160 .............. 160
34.............................................. 193 168 183 168
36.............................................. 193 168 183 168
48.............................................. .............. 170 .............. 170
60.............................................. 195 170 185 170
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Removal
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.............................................. .............. 150 .............. 150
24.............................................. .............. 160 .............. 160
34.............................................. .............. 168 .............. 168
36.............................................. .............. 168 .............. 168
48.............................................. .............. 170 .............. 170
60.............................................. .............. 170 .............. 170
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Since there would be many piles at each of the construction sites
within close proximately to one another, it was not practical to
estimate zones of influence (ZOIs) for each individual pile, and
results would have been nearly identical for all similarly sized piles
at each construction location. In order to simplify calculations, a
representative pile site was selected for eight separate pile locations
(Table 6) (See Figure 8 in the IHA application for the representative
locations).
Table 6--Representative Pile Sites Selected for Modeling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pile size
Location/mile post (MP) (inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
HDD Morgan Offshore (MP 12.59).......................... 24
36
48
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 13.84)................. 10
MP 14.5 to MP 16.5...................................... 24
MP 28.0 to MP 29.36..................................... 34
HDD Ambrose West Side (MP 29.4)......................... 24
36
48
60
HDD Ambrose East Side (MP 30.48)........................ 24
36
48
60
MP 34.5 to MP 35.04..................................... 34
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 35.04)................. 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For strings where only a single pile type would be installed or
removed (i.e., Neptune Power Cable Crossing MP13.84 and MP35.04, MP14.5
to MP16.5, MP28.0 to MP29.36, and MP34.5 to MP35.04), the
representative pile location was selected in the middle of the string.
For the HDD Morgan Offshore string site, the location closest to the
platform installation was selected as the representative pile location
as it represents the area with the largest pile sizes. The HDD Ambrose
West Side and HDD Ambrose East Side representative pile locations were
selected based on the entry and exit pits. The HDD Ambrose East Side is
the entry pit and the HDD Ambrose West Side is the exit pit. This would
also represent the outer limit of the HDD Ambrose string, and is
therefore the most conservative modeling option.
Distances to isopleths associated with Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds were calculated for each pile size, for vibratory
and impact installation and removal activities, at the representative
pile locations (Table 6). When the NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was
published, in recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could
be more technically challenging to predict because of the duration
component in the new thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that
includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in
conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict
takes. We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the
methods used for these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are
typically going to be overestimates of some degree, which may result in
some degree of overestimate of Level A harassment take. However, these
tools offer the best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more
sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues
to develop ways to quantitatively refine these tools, and will
qualitatively address the output where appropriate. For stationary
sources such as pile driving from the proposed project the NMFS
Optional User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which, if a
marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration of the
activity, it would incur PTS. Inputs used in the Optional User
Spreadsheet, and the resulting isopleths, are reported below. The
``Impact Pile Driving'' and ``Non-Impulse-stationary-continuous'' tabs
of the Optional User Spreadsheet were used to calculate isopleth
distances to the Level A harassment thresholds for impact and vibratory
driving, respectively.
The updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds (such as pile
driving) contained in the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 2018) were
presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure level metrics. As dual
metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group. Isopleth distances
to relevant Level A harassment thresholds were calculated, for both the
SELcum and peak sound pressure level metrics, for all pile
sizes at the representative pile driving locations as described above.
The largest modeled isopleth distance to harassment thresholds based on
the peak SPL metric was 34.1 m which was modeled based on 60 inch piles
for the high frequency functional hearing group
[[Page 45973]]
(threshold of 202 dB re 1 [micro]Pa; Table 4). Calculation of isopleth
distances to relevant Level A harassment thresholds for all pile sizes
and all marine mammal functional hearing groups resulted in greater
modeled distances associated with the SELcum metric than the
peak sound pressure level metric, thus the modeled distances associated
with the SELcum metric were carried forward in the exposure
analysis to be conservative. It should be noted that this method likely
results in a conservative estimate of Level A exposures because the
SELcum metric assumes continuous exposure to the total
duration of pile driving anticipated for a given day, which represents
an unlikely scenario given that there is likely both some temporal and
spatial separation between pile driving operations within a day (when
multiple piles are driven), and that marine mammals are mobile and
would be expected to move away from a sound source before it reached a
level that would have the potential to result in auditory injury.
Inputs to the Optional User Spreadsheet are shown in Tables 7 and 8.
The resulting isopleth distances to Level A harassment thresholds are
shown in Tables 9 and 10.
Table 7--Inputs to NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet (NMFS, 2018) to Calculate Isopleth Distances to Level A Harassment Thresholds for Vibratory Driving
and Removal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pile driving Pile removal
duration duration Weighting Distance of
Pile size (representative pile location) Source level (hours) within (hours) within factor Propagation source level
(RMS SPL) 24- hour 24- hour adjustment (xLogR) measurement
period period (kHz) (m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 in. (Neptune Power Cable Crossing MP 13.84).......... 150 1.0 1.0 2.5 15 10
10 in. (Neptune Power Cable Crossing MP 35.04).......... 150 0.5 0.5 2.5 15 10
24 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48).......................... 160 1.25 5.5 2.5 15 10
24 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4)........................... 160 1.5 0.5 2.5 15 10
24 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59)....................... 160 1.0 0.3 2.5 15 10
24 in. (MP 14.5)........................................ 160 1.25 2.75 2.5 15 10
36 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59)....................... 168 1.0 4 2.5 15 10
36 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48).......................... 168 0.75 0.75 2.5 15 10
36 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4)........................... 168 0.5 0.75 2.5 15 10
48 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48).......................... 170 2.0 2.0 2.5 15 10
48 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4)........................... 170 1.0 2.0 2.5 15 10
48 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59)....................... 170 1.0 0.75 2.5 15 10
60 in. (Ambrose East MP 30.48).......................... 170 0.25 0.25 2.5 15 10
60 in. (Ambrose West MP 29.4)........................... 170 0.5 4.0 2.5 15 10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Tab A (``Non Impulsive Static Continuous'') in the NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet (NMFS, 2018) was used for all calculations for vibratory
installation of piles.
Table 8--Inputs to NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet (NMFS, 2018) To Calculate Isopleth Distances to Level A Harassment Thresholds for Impact Driving
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighting Distance of
Source level Number of Number of factor Propagation source level
Pile size (representative pile location) (RMS SPL) strikes per piles per day adjustment (xLogR) measurement
pile (kHz) (m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36 in. (Morgan Offshore MP 12.59)....................... 183 2,500 * 2/4 2 15 10
60 in. (Ambrose West.................................... 185 3,382 2 2 15 10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The number of piles driven per day will vary based on the construction schedule, thus both scenarios (i.e., 2 and 4 piles driven per day) were
modeled.
Note: Tab E1 (``Impact Pile Driving'') in the NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet (NMFS, 2018) was used for all calculations for impact pile driving.
NMFS has established Level B harassment thresholds of 160 dB
re1[mu]Pa (rms) for impulsive sounds (e.g., impact pile driving) and
120 dB re1[mu]Pa (rms) for non-impulsive sounds (e.g., vibratory
driving and removal). Based on the predicted source levels associated
with various pile sizes (Table 5) the distances from the pile driving/
removal equipment to the Level B harassment thresholds were calculated,
using the distance to the 160 dB threshold for the diesel impact hammer
and the distance to the 120 dB threshold for the vibratory device, at
the representative pile locations (Table 6). It should be noted that
while sound levels associated with the Level B harassment threshold for
vibratory driving/removal were estimated to propagate as far as 21,544
m (13 mi) from pile installation and removal activities based on
modeling, it is likely that the noise produced from vibratory
activities associated with the project would be masked by background
noise before reaching this distance, as the Port of New York and New
Jersey, which represents the busiest port on the east coast of the
United States and the third busiest port in the United States, is
located near the project area and sounds from the port and from vessel
traffic propagate throughout the project area. However, take estimates
conservatively assume propagation of project-related noise to the full
extent of the modeled isopleth distance to the Level B harassment
threshold. The modeled distances to isopleths associated with Level B
harassment thresholds for impact and vibratory driving are shown in
Tables 9 and 10.
[[Page 45974]]
Table 9--Modeled Isopleth Distances to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds for Impact and Vibratory Pile
Installation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low- Mid- High-
frequency frequency frequency Phocid Cetaceans
cetaceans cetaceans cetaceans seals and phocids
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive...................................... 183 dB 185 dB 155 dB 185 dB 160 dB
Non-Impulsive.................................. 199 dB 198 dB 173 dB 201 dB 120 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location/mile post Pile size Hammer Distance to Level A harassment threshold (m) * Distance to
(MP) (inches) type........................ Level B
harassment
threshold
(m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HDD Morgan Offshore (MP 12.59)........... 24 Vibratory................... 5.9 0.5 8.7 3.6 4,641.6
36 Vibratory................... 20.0 1.8 29.6 12.2 15,848.9
Impact...................... 4,635.2 164.9 5,521.3 2,480.6 1,584.9
48 Vibratory................... 27.2 2.4 40.2 16.5 21,544.3
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 13.84).. 10 Vibratory................... 1.3 0.1 1.9 0.8 1,000.0
MP 14.5 to MP 16.5....................... 24 Vibratory................... 6.8 0.6 10.1 4.1 4,641.6
MP 28.0 to MP 29.36...................... 34 Vibratory................... 20.0 1.8 29.6 12.2 15,848.9
HDD Ambrose West Side (MP 29.4).......... 24 Vibratory................... 7.7 0.7 11.3 4.7 4,641.6
36 Vibratory................... 12.6 1.1 18.6 7.7 15,848.9
48 Vibratory................... 27.2 2.4 40.2 16.5 21,544.3
60 Vibratory................... 17.1 1.5 25.3 10.4 21,544.3
Impact...................... 4,855.2 172.7 5,783.3 2,598.3 2,154.4
HDD Ambrose East Side (MP 30.48)......... 24 Vibratory................... 6.8 0.6 10.1 4.1 4,641.6
36 Vibratory................... 16.5 1.5 24.4 10.0 15,848.9
48 Vibratory................... 43.2 3.8 63.8 26.2 21,544.3
60 Vibratory................... 10.8 1.0 16.0 6.6 21,544.3
MP 34.5 to MP 35.04...................... 34 Vibratory................... 12.6 1.1 18.6 7.7 15,848.9
Impact...................... 2,920.0 103.9 3,478.2 1,562.7 1,584.9
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 35.04).. 10 Vibratory................... 0.8 0.1 1.2 0.5 1,000.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* All distances shown are based on the SELcum metric. Distances to the peak SPL metric for impact driving were smaller than those for the SELcum metric
for all pile sizes and scenarios.
Table 10--Modeled Isopleth Distances to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds for Vibratory Pile Removal
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low- Mid- High-
frequency frequency frequency Phocid Cetaceans
cetaceans cetaceans cetaceans seals and phocids
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Impulsive.................................. 199 dB 198 dB 173 dB 201 dB 120 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location/mile post Pile size Hammer Distance to Level A harassment threshold (m) Distance to
(MP) (inches) type........................ Level B
harassment
threshold
(m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HDD Morgan Offshore (MP 12.59)........... 24 Vibratory................... 2.6 0.2 3.9 1.6 4,641.6
36 Vibratory................... 50.4 4.5 74.5 30.6 15,848.9
48 Vibratory................... 22.4 2.0 33.2 13.6 21,544.3
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 13.84).. 10 Vibratory................... 1.3 0.1 1.9 0.8 1,000.0
MP 14.5 to MP 16.5....................... 24 Vibratory................... 11.5 1.0 17.0 7.0 4,641.6
MP 28.0 to MP 29.36...................... 34 Vibratory................... 41.6 3.7 61.5 25.3 15,848.9
HDD Ambrose West Side (MP 29.4).......... 24 Vibratory................... 3.7 0.3 5.5 2.2 4,641.6
36 Vibratory................... 16.5 1.5 24.4 10.0 15,848.9
48 Vibratory................... 43.2 3.8 63.8 26.2 21,544.3
60 Vibratory................... 68.5 6.1 101.3 41.6 21,544.3
HDD Ambrose East Side (MP 30.48)......... 24 Vibratory................... 18.3 1.6 27.0 11.1 4,641.6
36 Vibratory................... 16.5 1.5 24.4 10.0 15,848.9
48 Vibratory................... 43.2 3.8 63.8 26.2 21,544.3
60 Vibratory................... 10.8 1.0 16.0 6.6 21,544.3
MP 34.5 to MP 35.04...................... 34 Vibratory................... 12.6 1.1 18.6 7.7 15,848.9
Neptune Power Cable Crossing (MP 35.04).. 10 Vibratory................... 0.8 0.1 1.2 0.5 1,000.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 45975]]
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the information about the presence,
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations.
There are no marine mammal density estimates for Raritan Bay. The
best available information regarding marine mammal densities in the
project area is provided by habitat-based density models produced by
the Duke University Marine Geospatial Ecology Laboratory (Roberts et
al., 2016, 2017, 2018). These density models were originally developed
for all cetacean taxa in the U.S. Atlantic (Roberts et al., 2016); more
information, including the model results and supplementary information
for each model, is available at seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015/. In subsequent years, certain models have been updated on the
basis of additional data as well as certain methodological
improvements. Although these updated models (and a newly developed seal
density model) are not currently publicly available, our evaluation of
the changes leads to a conclusion that these represent the best
scientific evidence available. Marine mammal density estimates in the
project area (animals/km\2\) were obtained using these model results
(Roberts et al., 2016, 2017, 2018). As noted, the updated models
incorporate additional sighting data, including sightings from the NOAA
Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for Protected Species (AMAPPS)
surveys from 2010-2014 (NEFSC & SEFSC, 2011b, 2012, 2014a, 2014b, 2015,
2016). For each cetacean species, density data for summer (June-August)
and fall (September, October, November) were used to generate source
grids by averaging monthly densities (see Figure 15 in the IHA
application for an example of one such source grid). Since the source
density grids do not extend to Raritan Bay, the grids were extrapolated
to cover the bay and values were pulled from the nearest grid cell to
assign density values to those empty cells in order to approximate
densities in Raritan Bay (see Figure 16 in the IHA application). The
resulting density grid was used to calculate take estimates of marine
mammals for pile installation and removal activities. It should be
noted that this approach likely results in conservative estimates of
cetacean density for the project area, as cetacean densities in Raritan
Bay are expected to be lower than the densities in the areas of the
Atlantic Ocean from which the densities were extrapolated (with the
exception of humpback whales, as described below).
For harbor seals and gray seals, densities were first obtained from
Roberts et al. (2018), as described above for cetacean densities.
However, because the pinniped data used in the Roberts et al. (2018)
density models were derived from offshore aerial and vessel surveys,
the models did not accurately represent the densities of pinnipeds that
would be expected in Raritan Bay, as they underestimate densities that
would be expected closer to shore which would be higher than those
offshore due to closer proximity to haulouts. Thus, the extrapolation
of pinniped densities from Roberts et al. (2018) to Raritan Bay
resulted in exposure estimates that were not consistent with
expectations of actual pinniped densities based on the number of
opportunistic sightings reported in the project area. There have been
no systematic studies focusing on seal populations within Raritan Bay,
Lower New York Bay, or Sandy Hook Bay. Therefore, pinniped densities
were estimated using systematic data collected by Coastal Research and
Education Society of Long Island, Inc. (CRESLI) from November 18, 2018,
to April 16, 2019, at Cupsogue Beach Park in Westhampton Beach, NY
(CRESLI, 2019).
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. The following steps
were performed to estimate the potential numbers of marine mammal
exposures above Level A and Level B harassment thresholds as a result
of the proposed activity:
1. Distances to isopleths corresponding to Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds were calculated for each pile size for vibratory
and impact installation and removal activities at the representative
pile locations within the Project area, as described above.
2. GIS analysis was then used, incorporating these distance values
and a viewshed analysis (described below), to calculate resulting ZOIs.
3. Species density estimations were incorporated in the GIS
analysis to determine estimated number of daily exposures.
4. Daily exposure estimates were multiplied by the duration (days)
of the corresponding in-water construction activity (based on pile size
and location).
As described above, the distances to isopleths associated with
Level A and Level B harassment thresholds were calculated for each pile
size for vibratory and impact installation and removal activities
(Tables 9 and 10). These distances to relevant thresholds were then
incorporated into a GIS analysis to analyze the relevant ZOIs within
which take of marine mammals would be expected to occur. Given that the
proposed activity would occur in a semi-enclosed bay, the modeled
distances to thresholds would in some cases be truncated by land (i.e.,
the sounds from the proposed activity would not propagate to the full
modeled isopleth distances because of the presence of land, which in
some cases is closer to the pile driving/removal location than the
total distances). A viewshed analysis is a standard technique used in
GIS to determine whether an area is visible from a specific location
(Kim et al., 2004). The analysis uses an elevation value of two points
with direct line of sight to determine the likelihood of seeing the
elevated point from the ground. Incorporating the viewshed analysis
allowed GIS modeling of sound propagation to replicate how sound waves
traveling through the water are truncated when they encounter land. GIS
modeling used an artificial elevation model setting the water to zero
(ground) and any land mass to 100 (elevated point) and focusing only on
areas within the Project area where sound would propagate. Any land
within direct `line of sight' to the sound source would prevent the
sound from propagating farther. This method was applied to each of the
eight representative pile locations. This simple model does not account
for diffusion, which would be minimal with large landmasses; therefore
in the model no sound bends around landmasses. See Figure 9 in the IHA
application for an example of applying the viewshed analysis to a
single representative pile location (HDD Morgan Offshore).
A custom Python script was developed to calculate potential
cetacean takes due to pile installation and removal activities. The
script overlays the species-specific Level A and Level B harassment
ZOIs (each clipped by the viewshed) for each pile size and type at each
of the representative pile locations (Table 6), over the density grid
cells. The script then multiplies the total density value by the area
of the ZOI, resulting in initial take estimate outputs. The following
formulas were implemented by the script for each species at each
representative pile location:
Initial Level A take estimate = ZOI * d
Initial Level B take estimate = ZOI * d
Where:
[[Page 45976]]
ZOI = the ensonified area at or above the species-specific acoustic
threshold, clipped by the viewshed.
d = density estimate for each species within the ZOI.
The initial take estimates were then multiplied by the duration
(days) of the corresponding in-water construction activity (based on
pile size and location). The following formulas demonstrate this
method:
Level A take estimate = initial take estimate * X days of activity
Level B take estimate = initial take estimate * X days of activity
Where:
X days of activity = number of days for which the corresponding in-
water construction activity occurs.
These numbers were then totaled to provide estimates of the numbers
of take by Level A and Level B harassment for each species. The
exposure numbers were rounded to the nearest whole individual. As the
construction schedule has not yet been finalized, the take calculations
described above were performed for two scenarios: (1) All construction
activities occurring during summer 2020, and (2) installation occurring
during the summer and removal in fall of 2020. To be conservative, the
higher take estimates calculated between the two scenarios were then
carried forward in the analysis.
Note that for bottlenose dolphins, the density data presented by
Roberts et al. (2016) does not differentiate between bottlenose dolphin
stocks. Thus, the take estimate for bottlenose dolphins calculated by
the method described above resulted in an estimate of the total of
bottlenose dolphins expected to be taken, from all stocks (for a total
of 6,331 takes by Level B harassment). However, as described above,
both the Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock and
the Western North Atlantic Offshore stock have the potential to occur
in the project area. As the project area represents the extreme
northern extent of the known range of the Western North Atlantic
Northern Migratory Coastal stock, and as dolphins from the Western
North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock have never been
documented in Raritan Bay, we assume that 25 percent of bottlenose
dolphins taken would be from the North Atlantic Northern Migratory
Coastal stock and the remaining 75 percent of bottlenose dolphins taken
will be from the Western North Atlantic Offshore stock. Thus, we
allocated 75 percent of the total proposed authorized bottlenose
dolphin takes to the Western North Atlantic Offshore stock (total 4,748
takes by Level B harassment), and 25 percent to the Western North
Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock (total 1,583 takes by Level B
harassment) (Table 11).
For humpback whales and harbor, gray and harp seals, the methods
used to estimate take were slightly different than the methodology
described above. For humpback whales, the steps above resulted in zero
exposures above the Level B harassment threshold. However, there are
confirmed anecdotal sightings of humpback whales within or near the
project area, indicating that potential exposures above the Level B
harassment threshold may occur and therefore should be accounted for.
As the exposure estimate method described above resulted in zero
exposures, other methods for calculating take by Level B harassment
were applied. Brown et al. (2018) reported 617 sightings of humpback
whales within the New York Bight from 2011 to 2017. The total number of
sightings was divided by the total number of years of surveys (n=6),
and this number was then divided by 12 months, to estimate a mean
number of whales per month. This number was then multiplied by a
conservative number of months of pile driving and removal activities
(n=4) to estimate the number of humpback whales that may be taken Level
B harassment (Table 11).
As described above, local survey data represents the best available
information on abundance estimates for pinnipeds in the project area.
Estimates of take by Level B harassment for gray and harbor seals were
calculated using systematic data collected by CRESLI from November 18,
2018, to April 16, 2019, where a total of 2,689 harbor seals were
sighted at Cupsogue Beach Park. The total number of sightings was
divided by the total number of survey months (n=5) to get a mean number
of individual seals per month. This number was then multiplied by a
conservative number of potential months of pile driving and removal
activities (n=4) to estimate a total number of seals (2,151) expected
to be taken over the duration of the proposed project. To estimate the
potential number of gray seals and harbor seals that may be taken, the
ratio of harbor seals (64 percent) versus gray seals (36 percent) was
calculated based on available density data. The data presented by
Roberts et al. (2018 does not differentiate by seal species. Thus the
best available density information on the ratio of gray to harbor seals
comes from the U.S. Navy's OPAREA Density Estimates (Halpin et al.
2009; Navy 2007, 2012). The ratio of gray to harbor seals in the OPAREA
Density Estimates was therefore applied to the total number of seals
estimated to be taken (n=2,151), to estimate the total number of gray
and harbor seals expected to be taken during the duration of the
proposed project. Based on this approach, we propose to authorize the
incidental take of 1,377 harbor seals (2,151 * 0.64) and 774 gray seals
(2,151 * 0.36).
To calculate estimates of take by Level A harassment for gray and
harbor seals, a ratio of take by Level A harassment relative to take by
Level B harassment was calculated using the NODES data. These estimates
accounted for the spatial extent of potential exposure to noise that
could result in Level A and B harassment since they were based on the
ensonifed areas multiplied by the NODES densities. Therefore, an
estimation of the potential exposure of pinnipeds to Level A harassment
as a proportion of potential exposure of pinnipeds to Level B
harassment was used to calculate a reasonable estimate of Level A
harassment takes using the Level B harassment estimates. This ratio was
0.009 for harbor seals and 0.008 for gray seals; therefore, we propose
to authorize the take by Level A harassment of 12 harbor seals (1,377 *
0.009) and 6 gray seals (774 * 0.008).
Due to lack of data and their rare occurrence in the Mid-Atlantic
region, no densities for harp seals are available. However, harp seals
have been documented along the southern coast of Long Island during the
winter, and a recent pinniped UME has resulted in increased strandings
of harp seals on the Atlantic coast. Because so few harp seals have
been documented in the region of the project area, we estimate that up
to four harp seals (the total number opportunistically observed at
Cupsogue Beach (CRESLI, 2008) could enter the Level B harassment zone
and be taken by Level B harassment. Take numbers proposed for
authorization are shown in Table 11.
[[Page 45977]]
Table 11--Total Numbers of Potential Incidental Takes of Marine Mammals Proposed for Authorization and Proposed
Takes as a Percentage of Population
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total takes
Takes by Level Takes by Level proposed for
A harassment B harassment Total takes authorization
Species proposed for proposed for proposed for as a
authorization authorization authorization percentage of
stock taken *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................... 0 5 5 0.1
Humpback Whale.................................. 0 34 34 2.1
Minke Whale..................................... 0 1 1 0.0
North Atlantic Right Whale...................... 0 2 2 0.5
Bottlenose Dolphin--Western North Atlantic 0 1,583 1,583 23.8
Northern Migratory Coastal stock...............
Bottlenose Dolphin--Western North Atlantic 0 4,748 4,748 6.1
Offshore stock.................................
Common Dolphin.................................. 0 95 95 0.1
Harbor porpoise................................. 0 11 11 0.0
Gray seal....................................... 6 774 780 2.9
Harbor seal..................................... 12 1,377 1,389 1.8
Harp seal....................................... 0 4 4 0.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Calculations of percentage of stock taken are based on the best available abundance estimate as shown in Table
2. For North Atlantic right whales the best available abundance estimate is derived from the 2018 North
Atlantic Right Whale Consortium 2018 Annual Report Card (Pettis et al., 2018). For the pinniped species the
best available abundance estimates are derived from the most recent NMFS Stock Assessment Reports. For all
other species, the best available abundance estimates are derived from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018).
The take numbers we propose for authorization are considered
conservative for the following reasons:
Density estimates assume are largely derived from adjacent
grid-cells that likely overestimate density in the vicinity of the
project area.
Proposed Level A harassment take numbers do not account
for the likelihood that marine mammals will avoid a stimulus when
possible before that stimulus reaches a level that would have the
potential to result in injury; and
Proposed Level A harassment take numbers do not account
for the effectiveness of proposed mitigation and monitoring measures in
reducing the number of takes.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned), the likelihood of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned), and;
(2) The practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost and impact on
operations.
The mitigation strategies described below are consistent with those
required and successfully implemented under previous incidental take
authorizations issued in association with in-water construction
activities. Modeling was performed to estimate zones of influence (ZOI;
see ``Estimated Take''); these ZOI values were used to inform
mitigation measures for pile driving activities to minimize Level A
harassment and Level B harassment to the extent possible, while
providing estimates of the areas within which Level B harassment might
occur.
In addition to the specific measures described later in this
section, Transco would conduct briefings for construction supervisors
and crews, the marine mammal monitoring teams, and Transco staff prior
to the start of all pile driving activity, and when new personnel join
the work, in order to explain responsibilities, communication
procedures, the marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational
procedures.
Pre-Clearance Zones
Transco would use Protected Species Observers (PSOs) to establish
pre-clearance zones around the pile driving equipment to ensure these
zones are clear of marine mammals prior to the start of pile driving.
The purpose of ``clearance'' of a particular zone is to prevent
potential instances of auditory injury and potential instances of more
severe behavioral disturbance as a result of exposure to pile driving
noise (serious injury or death are unlikely outcomes even in the
absence of mitigation measures) by delaying the activity before it
begins if marine mammals are detected within certain pre-defined
distances of the pile driving equipment. The primary goal in this case
is to prevent auditory injury (Level A harassment), and the proposed
pre-clearance zones are larger than the modeled distances to the
isopleths corresponding to Level A harassment (based on peak SPL) for
all marine mammal functional hearing groups. These zones vary depending
on species and are shown in Table 12. All
[[Page 45978]]
distances to pre-clearance zones are the radius from the center of the
pile being driven.
Table 12--Proposed Pre-Clearance Zones During Transco Pile Driving and
Removal Activities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Clearance zone
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale................ Any distance.
Fin and humpback whale.................... 1,000 m.
All other marine mammal species........... 100 m.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If a marine mammal is observed approaching or entering the relevant
pre-clearance zones prior to the start of pile driving operations, pile
driving activity would be delayed until either the marine mammal has
voluntarily left the respective clearance zone and been visually
confirmed beyond that zone, or, 30 minutes have elapsed without re-
detection of the animal.
Prior to the start of pile driving activity, the pre-clearance
zones will be monitored for 30 minutes to ensure that they are clear of
the relevant species of marine mammals. Pile driving would only
commence once PSOs have declared the respective pre-clearance zones
clear of marine mammals. Marine mammals observed within a pre-clearance
zone will be allowed to remain in the pre-clearance zone (i.e., must
leave of their own volition), and their behavior will be monitored and
documented. The pre-clearance zones (to a distance of 1,000 m) may only
be declared clear, and pile driving started, when the entire pre-
clearance zones are visible (i.e., when not obscured by dark, rain,
fog, etc.) for a full 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Soft Start
The use of a soft start procedure is believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by warning marine mammals or providing
them with a chance to leave the area prior to the hammer operating at
full capacity, and typically involves a requirement to initiate sound
from the hammer at reduced energy followed by a waiting period. Transco
will utilize soft start techniques for impact pile driving by
performing an initial set of three strikes from the impact hammer at a
reduced energy level followed by a thirty second waiting period. The
soft start process would be conducted a total of three times prior to
driving each pile (e.g., three strikes followed by a thirty second
delay, then three additional single strikes followed by a thirty second
delay, then a final set of three strikes followed by an additional
thirty second delay). Soft start would be required at the beginning of
each day's impact pile driving work and at any time following a
cessation of impact pile driving of thirty minutes or longer.
Shutdown
The purpose of a shutdown is to prevent some undesirable outcome,
such as auditory injury or behavioral disturbance of sensitive species,
by halting the activity. If a marine mammal is observed entering or
within the shutdown zones after pile driving has begun, the PSO will
request a temporary cessation of pile driving. Transco has proposed
that, when called for by a PSO, shutdown of pile driving would be
implemented when feasible. However, if a shutdown is called for before
a pile has been driven to a sufficient depth to allow for pile
stability, then for safety reasons the pile would need to be driven to
a sufficient depth to allow for stability and a shutdown would not be
feasible until after that depth was reached. We therefore propose that
shutdown would be implemented when feasible. If shutdown is called for
by a PSO, and Transco determines a shutdown to be technically feasible,
pile driving would be halted immediately. After shutdown, pile driving
may be initiated once all clearance zones are clear of marine mammals
for the minimum species-specific time periods, or, if required to
maintain installation feasibility. For North Atlantic right whales,
shutdown would occur when a right whale is observed by PSOs at any
distance, and a shutdown zone of 85 m (279 ft) would be implemented for
all other species (Table 13). The 500 m zone is proposed as a
protective measure to avoid takes by Level A harassment, and
potentially some takes by Level B harassment, of North Atlantic right
whales. The 85 m zone was calculated based on the distance to the Level
A harassment threshold based on the peak sound pressure metric (202 dB
re 1[micro] Pa) for a 66-inch steel pile, plus an additional 50 m (164-
ft) buffer.
Table 13--Proposed Shutdown Zones During Transco Pile Driving and
Removal Activities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Shutdown zone
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale................ Any distance.
All other marine mammal species........... 85 m.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Visibility Requirements
All in-water construction and removal activities would be conducted
during daylight hours, no earlier than 30 minutes after sunrise and no
later than 30 minutes before sunset. Pile driving would not be
initiated at night, or, when the full extent of all relevant clearance
zones cannot be confirmed to be clear of marine mammals, as determined
by the lead PSO on duty. The clearance zones may only be declared
clear, and pile driving started, when the full extent of all clearance
zones are visible (i.e., when not obscured by dark, rain, fog, etc.)
for a full 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Monitoring Protocols
Monitoring would be conducted before, during, and after pile
driving activities. In addition, observers will record all incidents of
marine mammal occurrence, regardless of distance from the construction
activity, and monitors will document any behavioral reactions in
concert with distance from piles being driven. Observations made
outside the shutdown zones will not result in delay of pile driving;
that pile segment may be completed without cessation, unless the marine
mammal approaches or enters the shutdown zone, at which point pile
driving activities would be halted when practicable, as described
above. Pile driving activities include the time to install a single
pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of
the pile driving equipment is no more than 30 minutes.
The following additional measures apply to visual monitoring:
(1) A minimum of two PSOs would be on duty at all times during pile
driving and removal activity;
(2) Monitoring would be conducted by qualified, trained PSOs. One
PSO would be stationed on the construction barge and one on an escort
boat, during impact and vibratory pile installation and removal. The
escort boat location would shift depending on work location, but will
be a minimum of 100 to 200 m (328 to 656 ft) from the pile-driving
location, depending on the site and the ensonification area associated
with that specific pile-driving scenario;
(3) PSOs may not exceed four consecutive watch hours; must have a
minimum two-hour break between watches; and may not exceed a combined
watch schedule of more than 12 hours in a 24-hour period;
(4) Monitoring will be conducted from 30 minutes prior to
commencement of pile driving, throughout the time required to drive a
pile, and for 30 minutes following the conclusion of pile driving;
[[Page 45979]]
(5) PSOs will have no other construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring; and
(6) PSOs would have the following minimum qualifications:
Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible)
sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface
with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars
may be necessary to correctly identify the target;
Ability to conduct field observations and collect data
according to assigned protocols;
Experience or training in the field identification of
marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors;
Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the
construction operation to provide for personal safety during
observations;
Writing skills sufficient to document observations
including, but not limited to: The number and species of marine mammals
observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were
conducted; dates and times when in-water construction activities were
suspended to avoid potential incidental injury of marine mammals from
construction noise within a defined shutdown zone; and marine mammal
behavior; and
Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
PSOs employed by Transco in satisfaction of the mitigation and
monitoring requirements described herein must meet the following
additional requirements:
Independent observers (i.e., not construction personnel)
are required;
At least one observer must have prior experience working
as an observer;
Other observers may substitute education (degree in
biological science or related field) or training for experience;
One observer will be designated as lead observer or
monitoring coordinator. The lead observer must have prior experience
working as an observer; and
NMFS will require submission and approval of observer CVs.
Vessel Strike Avoidance
Vessel strike avoidance measures will include, but are not limited
to, the following, except under circumstances when complying with these
measures would put the safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
All vessel operators and crew must maintain vigilant watch
for cetaceans and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop their vessel to
avoid striking these protected species;
All vessels must travel at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less
within any designated Dynamic Management Area (DMA) for North Atlantic
right whales;
All vessels greater than or equal to 65 ft (19.8 m) in
overall length will comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or less speed
restriction in any Seasonal Management Area (SMA) for North Atlantic
right whales per the NOAA ship strike reduction rule (73 FR 60173;
October 10, 2008);
All vessel operators will reduce vessel speed to 10 knots
(18.5 km/hr) or less when any large whale, any mother/calf pairs, pods,
or large assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed near
(within 100 m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;
All survey vessels will maintain a separation distance of
500 m (1640 ft) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale;
If underway, vessels must steer a course away from any
sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less
until the 500 m (1640 ft) minimum separation distance has been
established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's
path, or within 500 m (330 ft) to an underway vessel, the underway
vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will
not be engaged until the right whale has moved outside of the vessel's
path and beyond 500 m. If stationary, the vessel must not engage
engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved beyond 500 m;
All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 100 m
(330 ft) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid cetacean. If
sighted, the vessel underway must reduce speed and shift the engine to
neutral, and must not engage the engines until the non-delphinoid
cetacean has moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If a
vessel is stationary, the vessel will not engage engines until the non-
delphinoid cetacean has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100
m;
All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean, with the
exception of delphinoid cetaceans that voluntarily approach the vessel
(i.e., bow ride). Any vessel underway must remain parallel to a sighted
delphinoid cetacean's course whenever possible, and avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction. Any vessel underway must reduce
vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less when pods (including
mother/calf pairs) or large assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are
observed. Vessels may not adjust course and speed until the delphinoid
cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m and/or the abeam of the underway
vessel;
All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped; and
All vessels underway will not divert or alter course in
order to approach any whale, delphinoid cetacean, or pinniped. Any
vessel underway will avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in
direction to avoid injury to the sighted cetacean or pinniped.
Transco will ensure that vessel operators and crew maintain a
vigilant watch for marine mammals by slowing down or stopping the
vessel to avoid striking marine mammals. Project-specific training will
be conducted for all vessel crew prior to the start of the construction
activities. Confirmation of the training and understanding of the
requirements will be documented on a training course log sheet.
We have carefully evaluated Transco's proposed mitigation measures
and considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring
that we prescribed the means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their
habitat. Based on our evaluation of these measures, we have
preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide
the means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on marine
mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS
[[Page 45980]]
should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the
following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density);
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks;
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat); and
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Visual Marine Mammal Observations
Transco will collect sighting data and behavioral responses to pile
driving activity for marine mammal species observed in the region of
activity during the period of activity. All observers will be trained
in marine mammal identification and behaviors and are required to have
no other construction-related tasks while conducting monitoring. PSOs
would monitor all clearance zones at all times. PSOs would also monitor
Level B harassment zones and would document any marine mammals observed
within these zones, to the extent practicable (noting that some
distances to these zones are too large to fully observe). Transco would
conduct monitoring before, during, and after pile driving and removal,
with observers located at the best practicable vantage points.
Transco would implement the following monitoring procedures:
A minimum of two PSOs will maintain watch at all times
when pile driving or removal is underway;
PSOs would be located at the best possible vantage
point(s) to ensure that they are able to observe the entire clearance
zones and as much of the Level B harassment zone as possible;
During all observation periods, PSOs will use binoculars
and the naked eye to search continuously for marine mammals;
If the clearance zones are obscured by fog or poor
lighting conditions, pile driving will not be initiated until clearance
zones are fully visible. Should such conditions arise while impact
driving is underway, the activity would be halted when practicable, as
described above; and
The clearance zones will be monitored for the presence of
marine mammals before, during, and after all pile driving activity.
Individuals implementing the monitoring protocol will assess its
effectiveness using an adaptive approach. PSOs will use their best
professional judgment throughout implementation and seek improvements
to these methods when deemed appropriate. Any modifications to the
protocol will be coordinated between NMFS and Transco.
Data Collection
We require that observers use standardized data forms. Among other
pieces of information, Transco will record detailed information about
any implementation of delays or shutdowns, including the distance of
animals to the pile and a description of specific actions that ensued
and resulting behavior of the animal, if any. We require that, at a
minimum, the following information be collected on the sighting forms:
Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
Construction activities occurring during each observation
period;
Weather parameters (e.g., wind speed, percent cloud cover,
visibility);
Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of
marine mammals;
Description of any observable marine mammal behavior
patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from
pile driving activity;
Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals
and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
Type of construction activity (e.g., impact or vibratory
driving/removal) when marine mammals are observed.
Description of implementation of mitigation measures
(e.g., delay or shutdown).
Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
Other human activity in the area.
Transco would note behavioral observations, to the extent
practicable, if an animal has remained in the area during construction
activities.
Reporting
A draft report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days of the
completion of monitoring for each installation's in-water work window.
The report would include marine mammal observations pre-activity,
during-activity, and post-activity during pile driving days, and would
also provide descriptions of any behavioral responses to construction
activities by marine mammals. The report would detail the monitoring
protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring including an
estimate of the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed
during the period of the report, and describe any mitigation actions
taken (i.e., delays or shutdowns due to detections of marine mammals,
and documentation of when shutdowns were called for but not implemented
and why). A final report must be submitted within 30 days following
resolution of comments on the draft report.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
[[Page 45981]]
sources of human-caused mortality, or ambient noise levels).
Pile driving and removal activities associated with the proposed
project, as described previously, have the potential to disturb or
temporarily displace marine mammals. Specifically, the specified
activities may result in take, in the form of Level A harassment
(potential injury) or Level B harassment (potential behavioral
disturbance) from underwater sounds generated from pile driving and
removal. Potential takes could occur if individual marine mammals are
present in the ensonified zone when pile driving and removal is
occurring. To avoid repetition, the our analyses apply to all the
species listed in Table 1, given that the anticipated effects of the
proposed project on different marine mammal species and stocks are
expected to be similar in nature.
Impact pile driving has source characteristics (short, sharp pulses
with higher peak levels and sharper rise time to reach those peaks)
that are potentially injurious or more likely to produce severe
behavioral reactions. However, modeling indicates there is limited
potential for injury even in the absence of the proposed mitigation
measures, with most species predicted to experience no Level A
harassment based on modeling results. In addition, the potential for
injury is expected to be greatly minimized through implementation of
the proposed mitigation measures including soft start and the
implementation of clearance zones that would facilitate a delay of pile
driving if marine mammals were observed approaching or within areas
that could be ensonified above sound levels that could result in
auditory injury. Given sufficient notice through use of soft start,
marine mammals are expected to move away from a sound source that is
annoying prior to its becoming potentially injurious or resulting in
more severe behavioral reactions.
We expect that any exposures above the Level A harassment threshold
would be in the form of slight PTS, i.e. minor degradation of hearing
capabilities within regions of hearing that align most completely with
the energy produced by pile driving (i.e. the low-frequency region
below 2 kHz), not severe hearing impairment. If hearing impairment
occurs, it is most likely that the affected animal would lose a few
decibels in its hearing sensitivity, which in most cases is not likely
to meaningfully affect its ability to forage and communicate with
conspecifics. However, given sufficient notice through use of soft
start, marine mammals are expected to move away from a sound source
that is annoying prior to its becoming potentially injurious or
resulting in more severe behavioral reactions.
Additionally, the numbers of exposures above the Level A harassment
proposed for authorization are very low for all marine mammal stocks
and species: For 9 of 11 stocks, we propose to authorize no takes by
Level A harassment; for the remaining two stocks we propose to
authorize no more than 12 takes by Level A harassment. As described
above, we expect that marine mammals would be likely to move away from
a sound source that represents an aversive stimulus, especially at
levels that would be expected to result in PTS, given sufficient notice
through use of soft start, thereby minimizing the degree of PTS that
would be incurred. No serious injury or mortality of any marine mammal
stocks are anticipated or proposed for authorization. Serious injury or
mortality as a result of the proposed activities would not be expected
even in the absence of the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures.
Repeated exposures of individuals to relatively low levels of sound
outside of preferred habitat areas are unlikely to significantly
disrupt critical behaviors. Thus, even repeated Level B harassment of
some small subset of an overall stock is unlikely to result in any
significant realized decrease in viability for the affected
individuals, and thus would not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole. Instances of more severe behavioral harassment are
expected to be minimized by proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures. Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment,
on the basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from
other similar activities, will likely be limited to reactions such as
increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, or decreased
foraging (if such activity were occurring) (e.g., Thorson and Reyff,
2006; HDR, Inc., 2012; Lerma, 2014). Most likely, individuals will
simply move away from the sound source and temporarily avoid the area
where pile driving is occurring. Therefore, we expect that animals
disturbed by project sound would simply avoid the area during pile
driving in favor of other, similar habitats. We expect that any
avoidance of the project area by marine mammals would be temporary in
nature and that any marine mammals that avoid the project area during
construction activities would not be permanently displaced.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, as
prey species are mobile and are broadly distributed throughout the
project area; therefore, marine mammals that may be temporarily
displaced during construction activities are expected to be able to
resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with disturbing
levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of similar habitat and resources in
the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and the food
sources that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or
long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their
populations. There are no areas of notable biological significance for
marine mammal feeding known to exist in the project area. In addition,
there are no rookeries, mating areas, calving areas or migratory areas
known to be biologically important to marine mammals within the
proposed project area.
NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammals due to the proposed
project would result in only short-term effects to individuals exposed.
Marine mammals may temporarily avoid the immediate area but are not
expected to permanently abandon the area. Impacts to breeding, feeding,
sheltering, resting, or migration are not expected, nor are shifts in
habitat use, distribution, or foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate the marine mammal takes that would result from the proposed
project would impact annual rates of recruitment or survival.
As described above, north Atlantic right, humpback, and minke
whales, and gray, harbor and harp seals are experiencing ongoing UMEs.
For North Atlantic right whales, as described above, no injury as a
result of the proposed project is expected or proposed for
authorization, and Level B harassment takes of right whales are
expected to be in the form of avoidance of the immediate area of
construction. In addition, the number of exposures above the Level B
harassment threshold are minimal (i.e., 2). As no injury or mortality
is expected or proposed for authorization, and Level B harassment of
North Atlantic right whales will be reduced to the level of least
practicable adverse impact through use of proposed mitigation measures,
the proposed authorized takes of right whales would not exacerbate or
compound the ongoing UME in any way. For minke whales, although the
ongoing UME is under investigation (as occurs for all UMEs), this event
does not provide cause for concern regarding population level impacts,
as the likely population abundance is greater than 20,000
[[Page 45982]]
whales. Even though the PBR value is based on an abundance for U.S.
waters that is negatively biased and a small fraction of the true
population abundance, annual M/SI does not exceed the calculated PBR
value for minke whales. With regard to humpback whales, the UME does
not yet provide cause for concern regarding population-level impacts.
Despite the UME, the relevant population of humpback whales (the West
Indies breeding population, or distinct population segment (DPS))
remains healthy. The West Indies DPS, which consists of the whales
whose breeding range includes the Atlantic margin of the Antilles from
Cuba to northern Venezuela, and whose feeding range primarily includes
the Gulf of Maine, eastern Canada, and western Greenland, was delisted.
The status review identified harmful algal blooms, vessel collisions,
and fishing gear entanglements as relevant threats for this DPS, but
noted that all other threats are considered likely to have no or minor
impact on population size or the growth rate of this DPS (Bettridge et
al., 2015). As described in Bettridge et al. (2015), the West Indies
DPS has a substantial population size (i.e., approximately 10,000;
Stevick et al., 2003; Smith et al., 1999; Bettridge et al., 2015), and
appears to be experiencing consistent growth.
With regard to gray seals, harbor seals and harp seals, although
the ongoing UME is under investigation, the UME does not yet provide
cause for concern regarding population-level impacts to any of these
stocks. For harbor seals, the population abundance is over 75,000 and
annual M/SI (345) is well below PBR (2,006) (Hayes et al., 2018). For
gray seals, the population abundance is over 27,000, and abundance is
likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ and in Canada (Hayes et al.,
2018). For harp seals, the current population trend in U.S. waters is
unknown, as is PBR (Hayes et al., 2018), however the population
abundance is over 7 million seals, suggesting that the UME is unlikely
to result in population-level impacts (Hayes et al., 2018).
Proposed authorized takes by Level A harassment for all species are
very low (i.e., no more than 12 takes by Level A harassment proposed
for any of these species) and as described above, any Level A
harassment would be expected to be in the form of slight PTS, i.e.
minor degradation of hearing capabilities which is not likely to
meaningfully affect the ability to forage or communicate with
conspecifics. No serious injury or mortality is expected or proposed
for authorization, and Level B harassment of North Atlantic right,
humpback and minke whales and gray, harbor and harp seals will be
reduced to the level of least practicable adverse impact through use of
proposed mitigation measures. As such, the proposed authorized takes of
North Atlantic right, humpback and minke whales and gray, harbor and
harp seals would not exacerbate or compound the ongoing UMEs in any
way.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
No mortality or serious injury is anticipated or proposed
for authorization;
The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine
mammals would be temporary behavioral changes due to avoidance of the
project area and limited instances of Level A harassment in the form of
a slight PTS for two marine mammal stocks;
Potential instances of exposure above the Level A
harassment threshold are expected to be relatively low for most
species; any potential for exposures above the Level A harassment
threshold would be minimized by proposed mitigation measures including
clearance zones;
Total proposed authorized takes as a percentage of
population are low for all species and stocks (i.e., less than 24
percent for one stock and less than 7 percent for the remaining 10
stocks);
The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the project area during
the proposed project to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
Effects on species that serve as prey species for marine
mammals from the proposed project are expected to be short-term and are
not expected to result in significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations;
There are no known important feeding, breeding, calving or
migratory areas in the project area.
The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and
acoustic monitoring, clearance zones, and soft start, are expected to
minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative
factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or
spatial scale of the activities.
We propose to authorize incidental take of 11 marine mammal stocks.
The total amount of taking proposed for authorization is less than 24
percent for one of these stocks, and less than 7 percent for all
remaining stocks (Table 11), which we consider to be relatively small
percentages and we preliminarily find are small numbers of marine
mammals relative to the estimated overall population abundances for
those stocks.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size
of all affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure
[[Page 45983]]
ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take for endangered or threatened
species.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take of North Atlantic right whales
and fin whales, which are listed under the ESA. The NMFS Office of
Protected Resources has requested initiation of Section 7 consultation
with the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office for the
issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA consultation prior to
reaching a determination regarding the proposed issuance of the
authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to Transco for conducting construction activities in
Raritan Bay for a period of one year, provided the previously mentioned
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. A
draft of the proposed IHA can be found at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed
action. We also request at this time comment on the potential renewal
of this proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please
include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations
to help inform decisions on the request for this IHA or a subsequent
Renewal.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-year IHA renewal with
an additional 15 days for public comments when (1) another year of
identical or nearly identical activities as described in the Specified
Activities section of this notice is planned or (2) the activities as
described in the Specified Activities section of this notice would not
be completed by the time the IHA expires and a Renewal would allow for
completion of the activities beyond that described in the Dates and
Duration section of this notice, provided all of the following
conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to expiration of the current IHA.
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted under the
requested Renewal are identical to the activities analyzed under the
initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take
because only a subset of the initially analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal).
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for Renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: August 28, 2019.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2019-18931 Filed 8-30-19; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P